MIS603 Microservices Architecture Assignment Sample

Question

Assessment Task This research paper should be approximately 2500 words (+/- 10%) excluding cover page, references and appendix. In this assessment, you need to present the different issues that have been previously documented on the topic using a variety of research articles and industry examples. Please make sure your discussion matches the stated purpose of the report and include the cases study throughout. Discuss and support any conclusions that can be reached using the evidence provided by the research articles you have found. Details about the different industry cases studies should NOT be a standalone section of the paper.

Context

Microservices is one of the most rapidly expanding architectural paradigms in commercial computing today. It delivers the fundamental benefits of integrating processes, optimization and Instructions delivering efficiency across many areas. These are core benefits expected in any implementation and the MSA is primarily configured to provide the functional business needs. On-the-one-hand, MSA can be leverage to provide further benefits for a business by facilitating:

• Innovation— reflecting the creation of novel or different services or businesses processes, or even disruptive business models.

• Augmented Reality — reflecting the situation where superimposing images and data on real objects allowing people to be better informed.

• Supply chain— reflecting how the MSA enables closer communication, engagement and interactivity amongst important external or internal entities.

On-the-other-hand culture is the totality of socially transmitted behaviour patterns, attitudes, values and beliefs, and it is these predominating values and behaviours that characterize the functioning of an individual, group or organisation. Organizational culture is what makes employees feel like they belong and what encourages them to work collectively to achieve organizational goals. Extant IS implementation studies have adopted culture theory to explain how organisations respond to implement a MSA system in their workplace, and how these responses lead to successful or failed implementations. As a professional, your role will require that you understand the benefits of MSA, especially in these three areas, which are significantly becoming the preferred strategy to achieve competitive advantage for many organisations. The purpose of this report is to engage you in building knowledge about how these benefits achieve in an organisational environment with a specific focus on how and why organisational culture can influence the successful implementation of an MSA within an organisation.

Task Instructions (the scenario)

You suppose to work for your selected organization (in assessment 2) and have read reports of other organisations leveraging the MSA application in three areas (innovation, augmented reality and supply chain). Accordingly, you need to prepare a research report for management on how the MSA application can be used to deliver benefits in these areas as well as how and why organisational culture can influence the successful implementation of an MSA. Use at least 2 different case study examples for showing the benefits can be achieved by organisations.

The report should consist of the following structure: A title page with subject code and name, assignment title, student’s name, student number, and lecturer’s name.

The introduction (250–300 words) that will also serve as your statement of purpose for the proposal—this means that you will tell the reader what you are going to cover in your proposal. You will need to inform the reader of:

a) Your area of research and its context
b) The key elements you will be addressing
c) What the reader can expect to find in the body of the report

The body of the report (1900–2000 words) will need to focus on these three areas (innovation, augmented reality and supply chain) also organisational culture to develop your research paper. Particularly, you need to prepare a research report for management on how the MSA application can be used to deliver benefits in different organisational environments- cultures.

The conclusion (250–300 words) will summarise any findings or recommendations that the report puts forward regarding the concepts covered in the report.

Answer

Introduction

MSA or microservice architecture is an architectural project management approach where the services or features are micro niche-based and specific in terms of usability as well. Nowadays, all the large and small organizations are implementing this architecture to minimize their cost. With several, real-life case studies the use and implementation of MSA can be clear in this report.

The key element is MSA and real-life organizations. The connection between these two elements is essential in this competitive market. There are also some issues with the system, which can be resolved easily with this project management approach.

The report consists of project management aspects and other essential factors. Companies are implementing this concept through their niche bae projects to lower their expenses. It eventually increases the profitability and sustainability of the business as well. System issues can be solved easily with more consumer engagement. System design and use will be specific and certain teams will also be there to support the consumers. In this way, the whole customer base will experience better design and features. This is the basic reason, that companies are planning and developing microservices. In this report, two real-life case studies are taken into consideration. Amazon, a web-based company, have developed two cloud based software, such as amazon music and amazon prime video. Through cloud computing technology they are providing different microservices. The implementation procedure and benefits are discussed ad well. This will eventually show the core features, aspects and significance of MSA or microservice architectural approach through three aspects mainly. innovation, augmented reality and supply chain will be majored or considered in these two organizations with detailed discussion and risk management as well (Wang et al., 2020).

MSA Project Management Approach

MSA project management approach is basically used in small and niche-based projects. Here, all the project components are planned and built into one focus feature. Several organizations like Amazon are using or implementing this approach to build and manage their new projects or products. In this way, the projects are also micro service-based. Every stakeholder can focus on one single project development and improvement. It is also easier for project manager to handle small amount of teams. In that way, he can engage or involve every team equally with the project. The project will be come successful. On other hand, the feedback sorting and organising team can also work on specific number of issues. In this way, the team can also be trained in specific ways. Whole project will experience better efficiency and improvement. Consumers of the system will also experience the results in form of better functionality and engagement.

This management approach has significant impact, several organisational cultures. These organisational cultures are the results of specific scenarios or systems. While implementation of MSA in Amazon products, these cultures have associated with different systems and policies. Three organisational culture scenarios are mentioned here with detailed discussion on MSA implementation.
MSA in Different Organisational Cultures

Several organisations like Amazon are using or implementing this methodology or project management approach. Implementation in two amazon cloud based products will be discussed in terms of innovation, augmented reality and supply chain. Starting from the implementation procedure to the benefits or significance will be mentioned in detail. Through this part of the report, organisational culture can also be derived. Three organisational cultures are discussed here through MSA implementation.

Each of these organisational culture scenarios are made of different systems. Amazon has taken different initiatives to change the workflow and working system inside the organisation. They have developed different workplace environments and work cultures to increase work efficiency and over-all productivity. In this way, different organisational cultures are implemented on employees and other major stakeholders. Implementation results are also very specific. Whole project management becomes efficient. On other hand, time accuracy is also another benefit of these cultures. All the three cultures, which are mentioned here, are discussed through MSA or micro service architectural project management approach.

Boldness

Boldness is an organisational culture scenario, where all the employees and stakeholders are influenced and motivated to be bold with the maintenance of all the products of s certain organization. MSA is an architectural approach, where a small cloud base project is focused. The organization provides a dedicated team and project manager as well. All these things pr elements allow the stakeholders and employees to be specific and particular in objective. There they can use their specific ideas and scope of development in the project. In this way, the whole project management team becomes bold along with the team manager as well. In this way, the whole project becomes better and efficient. Eventually, the profit growth comes at place and the organizational culture becomes bold and efficient as well. The internal and external structure of the organization goes through certain changes as well. This change in the supply chain is a basic characteristic of this microservice architectural or MSA project management approach. All the organization is segregated with different products here. The boldness of the company becomes higher here with this methodology (Pacheco, 2018).

Customer-Centricity

The organization targets a separate consumer base in different parts with different services and products. One single system is not handling every objective. In this way, MSA is implemented through an organization. Small projects and niche-based software are provided by the teams. In this way, all the products satisfy particular and specific needs of targeted consumers.

All the consumers will experience better and dedicated service from one dedicated team and project managers. The project also becomes better with time. The whole project becomes more customer-centric and specific. It also influences the customer experience. The consumer gets better design in the user interface or UI. A better support system is also provided here because every project gets separate support team management. Here, all the people are experienced and trained for this particular support system (Project Management Institute, 2017).

Here the augmented reality of MSA application or implementation becomes significant. Consumers are the key-stakeholder here, who are going to experience detailed systems and features according to their small needs and requirements as well. In the end, this whole customer-centricity can be well-defined and implemented by this MSA project management approach (Meyer, 2017).

Peculiarity

It is also another organizational culture or system, where new innovations take place. From the first place, the significance of MSA implementation is very clear here. The whole concept is based on innovating a new product feature or product component. Innovation comes the basic or primary characteristic of the MSA project management approach. In that case, this character or feature will definitely influence this part of organizational culture (Project Management Institute, 2019).

With this innovative approach, the project manager can achieve so many unexpected results and develop planning accordingly. Market research and analytical reports cannot always show the required features of the consumers. It is the work of the development team and other stakeholders to develop something innovative for a better user experience. With MSA, a dedicated team will work on a specific project, which will appreciate the potential of new innovations as well. It becomes easier to make new system policies or modifications (Atesmen, 2015).

Amazon Success Stories

Amazon is one of the largest companies in the world. All the people around the world, are experiencing amazon products for a better lifestyle and exciting features. Amazon is providing best cloud-based software with exciting usability for the last decade. These products are all based on MSA or microservice architectural, project management approach. All those projects are real-life business examples of MSA approach implementation. Those project management and development teams have implemented all the characteristics and features, of the MSA project management approach or methodology. Here two of those success stories will be discussed in detail for a better understanding of MSA implementation.

Amazon Prime Video

Amazon prime video is one of the most significant software, which includes one of the major profitability factors as well. This is basically a video streaming software or platform, where web series and movies around the world are uploaded. Some own production projects are also developed here. With prime membership of amazon, this prime video account is offered. People can experience the facilities through the application as well.

This product of the project is also developed with proper implementation of the MSA project management approach. All the primary features of the MSA approach is clearly discussed here through this specific project by amazon.

Firstly, the innovation is implemented particularly in this project. There are so many other video streaming platforms, apart from amazon, such as Netflix. In that case, the project management team has to plan and develop some unique strategies to make this platform profitable and beneficial for the consumers or viewers. The system provides a new collection of contents in the first place. On other hand, the prime membership structure also makes this significant. These modifications have helped this product to stand out in the competitive market. It shows the proper use of innovation here. Another exciting feature is provided as well, which is student membership. Student membership can be bought at lower rates at amazon prime video. That also played a significant role in amazon profitability and growth (Nikolakis et al., 2020).

Innovative cost distribution or plans categorization is also very specific here along with an innovative approach. Several screens are provided by Amazon, where more than one person can enjoy the platform and contents accordingly. It makes the system more exciting and attractive to different consumers around the world.

The next feature of the microservice architectural, project management approach is augmented reality. Here, the consumers are focused. This micro product or project is based on a specific and targeted audience. In that case, the team can modify and develop all the features and modifications accordingly. Amazon prime video has uploaded a separate collection of popular movies and web series for better expenditure. Eventually, consumers get the highest benefit. This is another factor of amazon prime video success and shows the significance of MSA implementation as well (Watts, 2019).

Lastly, the supply chain takes place. Here all the external and internal structures are considered along with team engagement and efficiency. In this case, also, this MSA approach is well-implemented. This approach changes the whole working culture or the environment of the system as well. Here, all the tea is dedicated to one software which is amazon prime video. That is the reason, why team engagement is more efficient. All the stakeholders of the system are well connected through communication and management. It is also easier for the project manager to handle a small and dedicated team (Nadareishvili et al., 2016).

Amazon Prime Music

Amazon prime music is also another cloud-based amazon product that basically presents a broad collection of songs to consumers around the world. Here all the consumers can hear the music with regular ads and exciting features. On other hand, with a subscription, they can also download the songs at a certain level. There are so many music streaming platforms as well, such as YouTube Music and Spotify. In that case, also, this software stands out in this competitive market through this MSA project management method or approach. All the features of this project management approach have built this system or product in a unique way of implementation and profitability.

Firstly, the innovation part takes place, which is the most relevant feature or characteristic of MSA or microservice architectural, project management approach. In this competitive market of music streaming platforms, amazon music also provides some extra features and offerings which holds the business. In this approach, it is easier to do because the whole team is dedicated to that single software or web-based product. In that case, the whole development and management teams focus on those certain developments. For that reason, consumers are also getting bigger benefits as well (Kerzner, 2013).

The second feature is called augmented reality. Here the consumers are the key stakeholder. All these features are implemented to improve the product or the service in a particular way. All the features become better with the system and updates. In this product also, everything is being built according to the customer needs and feedbacks. In the MSA approach, the design is also considered for better user experience and engagement. In this way, all the consumers can experience better facilities along with better project management. The support team is also dedicated to specific problems and technical issues, so the consumers get the solutions easily and efficiently. This whole part shows the significance of MSA implementation in the project of amazon prime music. With a subscription, all the consumers get better plans and experiences which make the whole thing more engaging as well.

Lastly, the supply chain takes place. This is the part, where all the internal and external structure changes of the organization are being discussed according to the MSA Approach. With this approach, the team members and various stakeholders become more engaged with each other and the communication becomes stronger. When all the people are working on a single niche, then it is also easier for the project manager to coordinate with all the segregated teams. In this way, involvement of implementation of MSA or microservice architectural, project management approach, company gets better profitability and growth matrix (McLarty, 2016).

Conclusion

This whole report is based on MSA or microservice architectural, project management method or approach. In this approach, certain things are being considered and those also influence any business model especially cloud-based business. With this approach, organizations can achieve a better success rate with broad cost-efficiency and fewer issues.

All the features and implementation procedures of this approach are discussed throughout the report. After that, all the essential work cultures are mentioned and discussed. This shows certain improvements, which are done by this particular approach. This can be beneficial for any kind of scenario, in different ways. On other hand, the features of the characteristics of MSA, are used differently in different scenarios or cultures. The way of implementation is also different here.

Lastly, the real-life business example has also been taken, which is amazon product-based. Amazon prime music and amazon prime video are the two cloud-based products, where amazon has used or implemented this MSA project management method. The whole project has become more successful and significant in this way. All the three characteristics of this approach, such as innovation, augmented reality and supply chain, are implemented in a proper and particular way. Here, both of the products are discussed in terms of that characteristic implementation ad well. All the factors are majored and evaluated accordingly. This report eventually shows the whole implemented structure of this project management approach. On other hand, how other several companies can implement and use this MSA, is explained here. This also presents all the significance of the system as well. On other hand, this report also present some factors, of this approach as well, which has a large impact on cloud based business model. Every aspect of the business model is also discussed. Organization can assess the business and current situation of the business through this report as well.

 References

Atesmen, M. K. (2015). Project management case studies and lessons learned : stakeholder, scope, knowledge, schedule, resource and team management. CRC Press. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/895660999

Kerzner, H. (2013). Project management : case studies (Fourth). John Wiley & Sons. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/828724601

McLarty, M. (2016). Microservice architecture is agile software architecture. Javaworld, N/a. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/6858739262

Meyer, P. (2017). Amazon.com Inc.’s Organizational Culture Characteristics (An Analysis). http://panmore.com/amazon-com-inc-organizational-culture-characteristics-analysis

Nadareishvili, I., Mitra, R., McLarty, M., Amundsen, M. (2016). Microservice architecture : aligning principles, practices, and culture (First). O'Reilly Media. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/953834176

Nikolakis, N., Marguglio, A., Veneziano, G., Greco, P., Panicucci, S., Cerquitelli, T., Macii, E., Andolina, S., Alexopoulos, K. (2020). A microservice architecture for predictive analytics in manufacturing. Procedia Manufacturing, 51, 1091–1097. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/8709224754

Pacheco, V. F. (2018). Microservice patterns and best practices : explore patterns like cqrs and event sourcing to create scalable, maintainable, and testable microservices. Packt Publishing. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/1022785200

Project Management Institute. (2017). Project manager competency development framework (Third). Project Management Institute. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/974796222

Project Management Institute. (2019). Project management institute practice standard for work breakdown structures (Third). Project Management Institute. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/1107878459

Wang, R., Imran, M., Saleem, K. (2020). A microservice recommendation mechanism based on mobile architecture. Journal of Network and Computer Applications, 152. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/8520178287

Watts, A. (2019). Modern construction case studies : emerging innovation in building techniques (2nd ed.). Birkha?user. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/1110714056

BDA601 Big Data and Analytics Assignment Sample

Task Summary

Critically analyse the online retail business case (see below) and write a 1,500-word online custom essay help report that: a) Identifies various sources of data to build an effective data pipeline; b) Identifies challenges in integrating the data from the sources and formulates a strategy to address those challenges; and c) Describes a design for a storage and retrieval system for the data lake that uses commercial and/or open-source big data tools. Please refer to the Task Instructions (below) for details on how to complete this task. Context A modern data-driven organisation must be able to collect and process large volumes of data and perform analytics at scale on that data. Thus, the establishment of a data pipeline is an essential first step in building a data-driven organisation. A data pipeline ingests data from various sources, integrates that data and stores that data in a ‘data lake’, making that data available to everyone in the organisation.

This Assessment prepares you to identify potential sources of data, address challenges in integrating data and design an efficient ‘data lake’ using the big data principles, practices and technologies covered in the learning materials. Case Study Big Retail is an online retail shop in Adelaide, Australia. Its website, at which its users can explore different products and promotions and place orders, has more than 100,000 visitors per month. During checkout, each customer has three options: 1) to login to an existing account; 2) to create a new account if they have not already registered; or 3) to checkout as a guest. Customers’ account information is maintained by both the sales and marketing departments in their separate databases. The sales department maintains records of the transactions in their database. The information technology (IT) department maintains the website. Every month, the marketing team releases a catalogue and promotions, which are made available on the website and emailed to the registered customers. The website is static; that is, all the customers see the same content, irrespective of their location, login status or purchase history. Recently, Big Retail has experienced a significant slump in sales, despite its having a cost advantage over its competitors. A significant reduction in the number of visitors to the website and the conversion rate (i.e., the percentage of visitors who ultimately buy something) has also been observed. To regain its market share and increase its sales, the management team at Big Retail has decided to adopt a data-driven strategy. Specifically, the management team wants to use big data analytics to enable a customised customer experience through targeted campaigns, a recommender system and product association. The first step in moving towards the data-driven approach is to establish a data pipeline. The essential purpose of the data pipeline is to ingest data from various sources, integrate the data and store the data in a ‘data lake’ that can be readily accessed by both the management team and the data scientists.

Task Instructions

Critically analyse the above case study and write a 1,500-word report. In your report, ensure that you:

• Identify the potential data sources that align with the objectives of the organisation’s datadriven strategy. You should consider both the internal and external data sources. For each data source identified, describe its characteristics. Make reasonable assumptions about the fields and format of the data for each of the sources;

• Identify the challenges that will arise in integrating the data from different sources and that must be resolved before the data are stored in the ‘data lake.’ Articulate the steps necessary to address these issues;

• Describe the ‘data lake’ that you designed to store the integrated data and make the data available for efficient retrieval by both the management team and data scientists. The system should be designed using a commercial and/or an open-source database, tools and frameworks. Demonstrate how the ‘data lake’ meets the big data storage and retrieval requirements; and Provide a schematic of the overall data pipeline. The schematic should clearly depict the data sources, data integration steps, the components of the ‘data lake’ and the interactions among all the entities.

Solution

Introduction

Retail industry has grown a lot in 2020-21, speciallyby the use of online store facility (Menidjel et al., 2021). Like the global retail market, Australian retail market has changed a lot. The market takes the online approach. Here customers are free to change their mind by simple mouse click. These makes this industry highly competitive.

Big Retail is a retail store situated in Adelaide,Australia. Historical data says, per month around 100000 customers visit their website and makes the purchases. The website is maintained by the IT department of Big Retail. The website is a static one. All the customers see the same content irrespective of their location and login status or purchase history. A visitor may login if he or she has an account,he or she can create an account or checkout as a guest user. These activities generate a huge amount of data every month. These raw data is unanalysed till now and a data-driven approach is not taken based on these collected data. Presently Big Retails are experiencing less sales and they are losing their revenue. Therefore, a data-driven approach has to be taken and a data pipeline needs to be made(Hussein& Kais,2021). By analysing the available dada, the possible solutions will come out and the revenue will reach its expected pick.

Data Source

The website of Big Retails is managed by the IT department of the company. Every day a large number of visitors comes in this website to see the product or to purchase. They provide their name, address, email id, phone number and other information. Customers follows a definite purchase pattern. Data are generated from this website every day.

Figure 1: Data Source
Source: Created by Author

Internal Data Source

Every month around 100000 visitors visit Big Retails website. These huge number of website visitor generate a large amount of data. These website visitor data are internal data. Internal data is information which is generate within the organisation. The operations, maintenance, HR, finance, sales and marketing information within the company is also internal data (Feng, Fan & Bednarz,2019). Customer analysis, sales analysis report, cost analysis, marketing report, budget of Big Retail are internal data.

a) Internal data are reliable. These data are collected from the organisations own system. Therefore, during analysis,we can rely on these data.

b) Internal data or often unique and can be separated. Every data has unique meaning.

c) These data are operational data. Special DBMS operation is already done on these data.

d) Internal data are well defined data. The value, occurrence and event of these data are well defined. We know the exact value of each data.

External Data Source

External data are the data which is outside the current database. External data is collected from the outside source. Marketing department of Big Retail often make some market analysis and feedback collection campaign. Marketing department also does several surveys. Data which are collected from these campaign and surveys are external data.

Characteristics

a) These data are not reliable. These data are collected from external sources

b) Data operations are needed on external data.

c) We cannot use external data in DBMS.

d) External data are not well defined.

Structured data source

Structure data are those data which reside in a specific file or record. Structure data is stored in RDBMS (Anadiotis et al., 2021). In Big Retail, the data which are collected from the website visitors are identified and make unique. These data then store in a file. This file is the source of structure data.

Semi-Structured Data Source

Semi-structured data sources are emails,address of the customers who visited the website of Big Retail,XMLs,zipped files and web pages collected from different sources (Anadiotis et al., 2021).

Unstructured Data Source

Unstructured data sources are, Media information, audio and video files, surveillance data, geological data, weather data (Anadiotis et al., 2021). In Big Retail, audio and video message, email message collected form the customers are the source of unstructured data.

Challenge of Integrating Data from Different Sources

The website of Big Retail is a busy one. Everyday a large number of customers visits the website. There are internal analysis data as well. The survey data are also there. There ae structured and unstructured dada as well. Data are coming from different sources. Integrating such huge amountof data is a big challenge.

Challenges

The challenge of integrating data from different source are many. Big Retail is a large organisation. It has different types of data. All data are not structured. First challenge is to get a structured data. The integration challenge is, the data are not there where we need it(Gorji& Siami, 2020). Sometimes, the data are there but it is late. Getting data on right time, in right place itself is a challenge. The next challenge is getting an unformatted data or ill-formatted data. We get the data, but it is not formatted well i.e. the format of the data is not correct. Often the data quality is very poor. These data cannot be integrated. And again, there are duplicates of data. Throughout our pipeline, the data are duplicated (Zipkin et al., 2021). The data has to be clear. There is no clear understanding of data. These data cannot be integrated. Poor quality, duplicated and unclear data often make the situation tougher.

Solutions

The solutions of data integration problems are not many. But there are few effective solutions. We need to automate the data as much as possible. Manual data operation has to be avoided (Kalayci et al., 2021).We should opt for smallest integration first. It is advised to avoid large integration. The simplest way is to use a system integration software which will allow to integrate large amount of data from different sources. Some data integration softwareis Zapier, IFTTT, Dell Boomi etc.

Data lake

Data lake is a storage repository which stores a last amount of raw data it its own format until it is taken (Nargesian et al., 2020).

Figure 2: Data Lake
Source: Created by Author

Data lake does not use file or folder to store data, it stores data is its own flat architecture. Data lake is often a Hadoop oriented object storage. Data is first loaded in the Hadoop platform. After that, business analytics and data mining tools are used to get these data. Just like physical lake, it is a huge storage of data. The format of data is not a problem here.

Here, in Big Retail, data are coming from

1. website visitors,
2. active customers,
3. buyers,
4. feedback givers,
5. survey report,
6. sales reports
7. internal analytics report etc.

These data are structured as well as unstructured data. These data have different format. Some are integers, some are characters, some are binary data. These data are stores in data lake. Through the data pipeline these data cometothe data lake. Whenever the database administration of data scientist needs the data, some operations are done on that data and make the data available for use.

Schematic of the Overall Data Pipeline

The data pipeline is a set of actions that happen to the raw data to make them usable for the analytics purpose. There are series of data processing elements which are to be used on raw data.

Figure 3: Data Pipeline Components
Source: (Giebler et al, 2019)

Big Retail business generate a massive amount of data which needs to be analysed to get the perfect business value and opt a business discission. Analysing data withing the system is not a wise idea. Moving data between systems requires many steps. Collecting data from one source, copping that data, upload the data to the cloud, reformatting the data, different operations on data and then joins it to other systems. This is a complex procedure. Data pipeline is the summation of all these above steps (Giebler et al, 2019).

Data from different source of Big Retails are collected first. Next part is uploading the data to the cloud. The using different software tool formatting of data is happening. Here the data goes to the data lake of Big Retail. In data lake, these data are received first and irrespective of its original format, it is stored in flat format(Quemy, 2019).

Figure 4: Data Pipeline
Source: Created by Author

Conclusion

The business scenario of today’s world is changing. Like other industry, retail in also facing a huge change due to the advancement of technology (Komagan, 2021). Big Retail of Adelaide, Australia needs to build this above-mentioned data pipeline and data lake. Being an online store, it is highly depending upon data and e-technology. It has been found that the data pipeline can help the store to get the data effectively. The proposed data lake will help to store data and can provide it when necessary. Using analytics tools, data analyst and data scientist can predict the business scenario and advice the management of Big Retail to take the necessary actions.

References

Anadiotis, A. C., Balalau, O., Conceicao, C., Galhardas, H., Haddad, M. Y., Manolescu, I., ... & You, J. (2021). Graph integration of structured, semistructured and unstructured data for data journalism. Information Systems, 101846.https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0306437921000806

Feng, T., Fan, F., & Bednarz, T. (2019, November). A Data-Driven Optimisation Approach to Urban Multi-Site Selection for Public Services and Retails. In The 17th International Conference on Virtual-Reality Continuum and its Applications in Industry (pp. 1-9).https://dl.acm.org/doi/abs/10.1145/3359997.3365686

Giebler, C., Gröger, C., Hoos, E., Schwarz, H., & Mitschang, B. (2019, November). Modeling data lakes with data vault: practical experiences, assessment, and lessons learned. In International Conference on Conceptual Modeling (pp. 63-77). Springer, Cham.https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-030-33223-5_7

Gorji, M., & Siami, S. (2020). How sales promotion display affects customer shopping intentions in retails. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management.https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/IJRDM-12-2019-0407/full/html

Hussein, R. S., & Kais, A. (2021). Multichannel behaviour in the retail industry: evidence from an emerging market. International Journal of Logistics Research and Applications, 24(3), 242-260.https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13675567.2020.1749248

Kalayci, T. E., Kalayci, E. G., Lechner, G., Neuhuber, N., Spitzer, M., Westermeier, E., & Stocker, A. (2021). Triangulated investigation of trust in automated driving: Challenges and solution approaches for data integration. Journal of Industrial Information Integration, 21, 100186.https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S2452414X20300613

Komagan, M. L. (2021). Impact of Service Environment for effective consumer behavior in Retails Industry with reference to Heritage Super Market. Turkish Journal of Computer and Mathematics Education (TURCOMAT), 12(3), 4357-4364.https://turcomat.org/index.php/turkbilmat/article/view/1727

Menidjel, C., Bilgihan, A., & Benhabib, A. (2021). Exploring the impact of personality traits on perceived relationship investment, relationship quality, and loyalty in the retail industry. The International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, 31(1), 106-129.https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09593969.2020.1781228

Nargesian, F., Pu, K. Q., Zhu, E., Ghadiri Bashardoost, B., & Miller, R. J. (2020, June). Organizing data lakes for navigation. In Proceedings of the 2020 ACM SIGMOD International Conference on Management of Data (pp. 1939-1950).https://dl.acm.org/doi/abs/10.1145/3318464.3380605
Quemy, A. (2019). Data Pipeline Selection and Optimization. In DOLAP.https://www.aquemy.info/static/publications/quemy2019b.pdf

Zipkin, E. F., Zylstra, E. R., Wright, A. D., Saunders, S. P., Finley, A. O., Dietze, M. C., ... & Tingley, M. W. (2021). Addressing data integration challenges to link ecological processes across scales. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment, 19(1), 30-38.https://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1002/fee.2290

MIS611 Information Systems Capstone Assignment Sample

Assessment Stakeholder Requirements Document

Task Summary

This capstone subject encompasses an authentic assessment strategy within a work integrated learning context that delivers a ’real life’ learning experience. You will receive a brief from a case organisation/client
which will form the basis for the three sequential assessments included in this subject. Assessment 1
Stakeholder Requirements Document is the first of three phases in which you, as a team will formulate a group
response to the case organisation/client’s brief.

1. First phase: Assessment 1: In the first phase, you as a team will determine the project approach and
framework, and the requirements of your case organisation/client and complete a 3000-word Stakeholder Requirements Document. Please see below for further details.

2. Second phase: Assessment 2: In the second phase, your group will develop and deliver a prototype solution for the case organisation/client (details as per the Assessment 2 brief).

3. Third phase: Assessment 3: In the third phase, your group will ‘demo’/ showcase your prototype solution to the case organisation/client (details as per the Assessment 3 brief).

You will be required to select a project management approach based on what you believe is the most suitable
approach for your client’s project. In doing so, you will make use of the tools and techniques that are aligned
with the chosen approach including the appropriate requirements lifecycle techniques. Part of this assessment
is also to briefly explain why the selected approach is the most appropriate to meet the needs of your client. In
alignment with your selected project approach and framework, you will need to detail and demonstrate the
requirements methods, tools and techniques that you are using with a justification as to why they have been
selected as the most appropriate.

Caveat: While this subject focuses on three phases of assessment, this does not preclude the selection of an
iterative framework. The structure of the assessment is not one of the characteristics which you should use to
define the selected approach. Also, note that the title of this report specifically does not references typical
document naming conventions within either the traditional ‘waterfall’ approach, nor the Agile approach to
offer you the freedom to make the selection you believe is the most appropriate response to the challenge.

Context

In the field of Information Systems (IS), there are several different frameworks with aligned tools and techniques that can be used to build solutions for organisations. Different frameworks are better suited to
different problems and solutions. For example, the traditional project management approach takes a linear
approach through a sequence of events, while an Agile approach is iterative.

IS leaders need to understand different philosophies and their approaches, their frameworks and the tools and
techniques which they employ. This is so that they can make discerning decisions when selecting approaches
to solve problems for the business. A key outcome of this series of sequential assessments will be for you to
demonstrate your skills in selecting an approach with reasoning and justification, and then follow through by
using the appropriate methods, tools and techniques as a simulation of a real solution delivery for a case
organisation/client.

Task Instructions

1. Team Formation and Registration

• Form teams of 5-6 members.

• The deadline for team registration is 11:45pm AEST Friday end of Module 1.2 (Week 2).

• To register your team, you are required to send your Learning Facilitator an email with “[MIS611] Team Registration” in the subject line. In the body of that email, please list the names and student ID numbers of all the members of your team.

• You are required to send the registration email to your facilitator before the registration deadline.

• After the registration deadline, those students who are not in a team will be allocated to a team by the Learning Facilitator.

2. Please read the case organisation/ client’s brief provided by the Learning Facilitator.

3. Write a 3000 words stakeholder requirements document outlining the project approach and framework, and the requirements of your case organisation/client.

4. Review your subject notes, from across the course, to establish the relevant area of investigation that applies to the case. Re-read any relevant readings for this subject. Plan how you will structure your ideas for your report and write a report plan before you start writing. You may like to start with MIS608 Agile Project Management and PROJ6000 Project Management.

5. Graphical representation of ideas and diagrams in the form of tables, graphs, diagrams and modelsare encouraged but must be anchored in the context of the material, explained, and justified for inclusion. No Executive Summary is required.

6. The stakeholder requirements document should consist of the following structure:

A title page with the subject code and subject name, assignment title, case organisation/client’s
name, student’s names and numbers and lecturer’s name.

A Table of Contents is mandatory for this assessment (Create the Table of Contents using MS Word’s
auto-generator. Instructions can be found here https://support.office.com/en-gb/article/Create- a-
table-of-contentsor-update-a-table-of-contents-eb275189-b93e-4559-8dd9-
c279457bfd72#__create_a_table).

Introduction: This must include background information about your case organisation/client as a business from quality sources, and any information about the S direction or strategies that you can gauge from the trade press or news articles. (375 words)

The brief: In this section you must describe and explain your interpretation of the case organisation/client’s brief to you. You are required to outline the following areas:

a. The problem area/scope of the project. (150 words)

b. The objectives of the project using SMART goals. (150 words)

c. The target audience for whom your solution is being defined. (225words)

d. Critical Success Factors. (75 words)

A description of the project: the approach that you will be taking and the associated framework with a justification as to what characteristics of this project informed your selection of this approach. (375 words)

A stakeholder map which identifies key stakeholders, assessing stakeholder interest and how the project will address those interests. (75 words)

The data collection strategy used to elicit requirements - both primary and secondary, quantitative, and qualitative methods and tools in alignment with the project approach. (750 words)

Appropriately documented functionality that will need to be developed in your solution prototype. These may be business and functional requirements, or user stories depending on your selected approach. (750 words)

A clear problem statement to guide the solution process. (35 words)

Next steps to be taken in progressing to your solution prototype. (40 words)

References according to the APA style. (Not part of your word count)

Appendices - if required. (Not part of your word count).

Introduction

The study has helped in understanding the ways in which money can be reinvented in 2050 in India and the target audience that has been considered is entire India. United Nations in conjunction with International Monetary Fund (IMF) have identified that by 2050 cash will not be available and IMF has thought of reinventing money for different countries (Auer, Cornelli& Frost, 2020). The study has focused on ways in which Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) can be implemented within India’s manufacturing industry such as automobile manufacturing. There are various ways through which CBDC can be implemented (De Lis& Sebastián, 2019). Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) has been referred to the virtual form of fiat currency and is considered as the digital token of a currency of a nation (Kumhof&Noone, 2018). The suggested product for development of cashless society is the designing of a mobile application through which the payment or transaction can be done digitally. It helps in making the payment in terms of digital currency that will be regulated and released by the central Bank of India. CBDC comes in the form of banknotes and coins along with being used for doing sales as well as purchasing goods. CBDCs are implied so as to present fiat currency and also according to convenience of the users. There will be presentation of security of digital along with having a well-regulated and reserve-backed circulation of the traditional banking system (Auer &Böhme,
2020). It has been observed that there are various types of Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) and they are Wholesale CBDCs in which the existing tier of banks as well as financial institutions goes for settling transactions.

Brief of the Study

Problem Statement

In the 21st century, cashless society is still a dream however, it is supported by the growth of reinvesting money. It has become difficult to access the transactions of capital in between manufacturing companies with speed (Thequint.com, 2021). There is also the threat of not been able to keep an account of the money being transferred in huge project deals in between manufacturing companies such as Tata, Bajaj. Another problem that will be solved by CBDC in India is that the reliance of the country on cash will be lowered. It has been observed that the Reserve bank of India (RBI) has thought of action plans through which CBDC is going to belaunched in phased manner (Thequint.com, 2021). It will help in solving the problems of getting efficient in international settlements and also achieve smooth functionalities. It will also help in protecting people from the volatile nature presented by cryptocurrencies. Thus, there are problems associated with uncertainties of cryptocurrencies which can be solved with the introduction of CBDC and also cashless society will take place (Thequint.com, 2021). CBDC can be considered as a virtual currency, however, is not comparable with the private virtual ones such as Ethereum or Bitcoin. In India, there is problem associated with dwindling usage of paper currency and there are various jurisdictions associated with physical cash usage (Yanagawa& Yamaoka2019). Central Banks have sought to mee the need of public for having digital currencies and reinvent money through making a cashless society. This problem can be overcome through the help of developing a mobile application through which the digital payment system can be initiated. It has to be linked with the bank account and mobile registration number.

Smart goals

Areas Goal 1: To reduce the dependency on cash

Goal 2: Decrease the settlement risks

Goal 3: To make the transactions using CBDC secure Specific This goal is specific with having a cashless society implemented through help of Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) This is specific since with help of CBDC in a country like India, transactions with foreign nations will be easily done This is specific as calibration of the privacy features of CBDC system can be done Measurable It is measurable by
estimating the total
number of usages of
CBDC and digital
currencies by the
population of India
It is measurable through
the help of counting the
reduction of risks that
happens
This is measurable by
estimating the efficiency
of the calibrated system
Attainable It is attainable through
the introduction of
either value-or cash-
based access and
Token-or account-
based access
It is attainable through
engaging in retail as
well as whole sale
CBDCs and also
introduce it within the
manufacturing hubs
It is attainable through
the introduction of a
calibrated privacy feature
and preserve privacy
through making the
transactions
pseudonymous
Relevant It is relevant since there
is huge pressure on
transactions using cash
It is relevant since there
are various foreign
companies with which
India does business
It is highly relevant as
disbursement happens
through third parties and
require security
Time Period By 2050 By 2050 as the project
of introduction of CBDC is happening in
phased manner

Target Audience

It is worth mentioning that all are living in a cashless society therefore it is our responsibility to contribute to the development of reinventing of money at a large platform. As per the views of Wasieleski & Weber (2017), the internal stakeholders include management, employees, shareholders, investors, and the company itself. Moreover, the management will be able to perform the manufacturing processes and other activities inside the organisation (Seiffert- Brockmann et al., 2018). The target audience consisted of the whole of India. The Digital
currencies issues by the CBDCs are also beneficial in decreasing the effort of Government functions along with ensuring the fact that distribution of benefits as well as tax collection becomes easy. Thus, with help of CBDC ai din going cashless entire India will be benefitted. An Empathy Map can be used to capture the behavior of the user and attitude towards the introduction of a new system or a product. Empathy Mapping has been observed to be beneficial at the beginning of the design process after the user research is done, however, has to be performed prior of getting the requirement as well as conceptualization done. There are certain categories in which an empathy map can be divided and they are what the user says, thinks, feels
and does. [refer to appendix 2] Persona Mapping: Persona Mapping is the process through which it is identified who are the clients and ways in which decisions are being made. The information obtained can be used in making more effective strategies. [refer to appendix 1] Critical Factors of Success

The critical factors of success are measured as follows:

? The proper identification of problem

? Development of the scope for cashless society

? Reinventment in money through CBDCs help to support the development of a cashless society which is beneficial for making the world a technologically developed place.

? The focus on serving for the good of the society and the employees by eliminating the risk of cyber-attacks as well as network vulnerabilities on the transaction of money through digitized system.

Description of the Project

The project is about developing a mobile application through which the CBDC system will ne initiated. The application will be the gateway for making the payment using digital currencies released by the Bank and Government of India. A CBDC or Central Bank Digital Currency system as a result or solution has been identified to be overcoming the issues. A CBDC is a legal tender that is issued by central Bank in digital form (Auer, Cornelli& Frost, 2020). It can be compared or is similar to fiat currency, however, the form is different. The project has been different from that of Bitcoin or any other private virtual currency as it has no issuer, however, in this case, this problem of lack of security is overcame as Central Bank of the country is the
issuer. The product prototype will be designed that will help the individuals in getting the access to digital currencies regulated by RBI. The reason behind taking participation in the project is that with help of introduction of CBDCs the implementation of the monetary policy and government functions become easy (De Lis& Sebastián, 2019). It has been identified to be automating the process of transactions that will take place in between financial institutions and wholesale CBDCs (Kumhof&Noone, 2018). The project will also consider the calibration of the CBDC system.

Therefore, the double diamond theory will be the most applicable and relevant theory.

According to the comment of Gunarathneet al., (2018), double diamond theory always provides a static structure to identify all the potential challenges with the help of four different phases. All those phrases are discovered, defined, developed and delivered. The first phase always helps to identify the exact problem. The second phase helps to determine which area should focus upon.

The third face helps to ensure the potential solutions to mitigate the challenge. The last phase
helps to implement the solution.

Figure 3: Framework of Double Diamond Theory (Source: medium, 2021)

? Discover

In the discover stage as it is stated that the problems are identified appropriately and then the solutions are defined in subsequent stages. It has been identified from the research done that there has been increase in pressure or increased dependency on cash in India. There is also theproblem of higher seigniorage due to the lower value or cost associated with transactionsKumhof&Noone, 2018). The settlement risk associated with transacting through capita is also high. It has to be minimized through the help of using cashless medium if
transactions and is possible through help of Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) in a country such as India. There is also requirement of meeting the requirements of Indian public regarding digital currencies by the Central Banks of India and this issue has increased with the increase in manifestations of private virtual currencies (Thequint.com, 2021). India has been the leasing the world in terms of digital payment innovations and the payment system has been observed to be available 24/7. Thus, the problem of increasing usage of paper currency needs to be solved with the help of using CBDCs and focus is on developing an electronic form of currency.

? Define

The prototype that will be developed will help the Indian society and the various business happening within it to go for transactions without the need of physical bank notes. The prototype that will be considered is that of making of Fiat money which are introduced by the financial institutions of India. It gets introduced in the form of banknotes and coins (Barontini& Holden, 2019). The CBDC that will be formed is the virtual form of the fiat money and also is going to have the back up support of Indian Government. The mobile application developed will be in synchronization and the digital currency can be used as long as the individual have equivalent cash or money in the bank. The prototype will be designing two variants of CBDCs and this consists of Value or cash-based access as well as Token or account-based access. The system of Value-or cash-based access will be made to pass onto the recipient through help of a pseudonymous digital wallet (Auer, Cornelli& Frost, 22020). Wallet will be made identifiable through the help of a public blockchain. Another prototype that can be designed is that of cash- based access for Indian population (Kochergin&Yangirova, 2019). The process gets initiated similar to that of the access provided by a financial institution account to its users. It has been observed that an intermediary is responsible for verification of the identity of the recipient and will also monitor the illicit activities

Stakeholders Map

Stakeholders Interest Engagement Strategy Indians High More involvement within the banking system and easy transfer of fund Employee High Accessing and utilizing all the components for keeping a track of the cashless transactions Investors Medium Maintaining all the legal and transaction ethics before
accessing the plan Shareholder Low Gather all the potential investors and influence them for corporate decision making regarding the reinvention of money Retailers, business persons and manufacturers
High They will be doing the payment using CBDCs and hence, business can be done with foreign companies
easily

Table 2: Stakeholders Map
(Source: Created by Author)

Data Collection Strategy

It is worth mentioning that the strategy of collecting data is the most crucial factor that has been taken into consideration but the results were performing the study. The strategy which has been selected for gathering the pertinent sources of data influences the factors of quality and authenticity of the report. According to the opinion of Vales (2020), there are major two sources with the help of which the data and information regarding the study can be collected and evaluated by the analyst. The researcher has to choose between these two Strategies for obtaining the relevant sources of information that can be used to make the study effective and informative. The primary strategy for collecting data has also been known as the gathering of raw data. Such
type of information and data has been collected by the research investigator for a specific study (Primary data collection, 2020). In this study, the focus of the research analysis is to obtain valuable information, data, and statistics that can define the importance of reinventing money for the development of cashless society for Tata Motors that can eliminate the negative impact of covid-19 on its manufacturing and business activities

Figure 4: Data Collection Strategy
(Source: Created by Author)

The primary strategy has also been divided into two types that are primary and quantitative primary qualitative. According to the words of Franzitta et al., (2020), it has been found that primary quantitative refers to the statistical evaluation of the data and information gathered by the researcher. Mostly the investigator performs a survey for doing the primary quantitative research. For the survey, the researcher designs a questionnaire that includes a number of questions that specifies the close-ended questions that are filled by the respondent that supports the research topic. Each of the respondents fills the question as per the best knowledge
experience. After the completion of gathering responses provided by the respondents, the researcher evaluates and analyses the result by various methods such as SPSS software or Excel sheet. As per the views of Wilson & Kim (2021), it is worth mentioning that for performing the primary qualitative study, the researcher mostly conducts an interview process which can help to gain information and knowledge regarding the research topic by interviewing the associated people with the research topic. In this study, the associated people are the employees, management, customer, investors, and shareholders.

Similarly, the secondary strategy for collecting the information and data focuses on addressing and evaluating the work of other researchers and investigators that work on a similar topic. As per the comment of Talbert (2019), this will help the researcher to understand the perspective of other analysts that can show their views regarding the importance of reinventing money. It has been identified that the secondary method of obtaining the data is more economical than the primary strategy. It has been said so because during the process of collecting the first handed information the investigator has to spend more time, effort, and money for collecting the data. It also includes the transportation cost and the survey, interview cost.

However, it has been found that for implementing the secondary strategy a researcher has to adopt the secondary qualitative study. As per the guidance of Haenssgen (2019), it has been observed that the secondary qualitative study is on developing relevant themes based on which the researcher can support their findings and evaluation in the study. After evaluating the benefits and rules of working of both the primary and secondary qualitative and quantitative data, the researcher will implement the secondary qualitative research for gathering valuable and authentic resources of the secondary database.

Documented Functionality

In this section, all the business and functional requirements that will help manufacturing companies to implement the cryptocurrency enabled cashless transaction is going to be discussed. All the potential functional requirements that the management of this organization will have to perform is to arrange some meetings with all the responsible employees and managers and discuss the comparison between the cashless modes of transactions (Auer&Böhme, 2020). It is worth mentioning that effective strategies should be implemented in order to identify the potential challenges that may impact the productivity and growth of cashless infrastructure (Kumhof& Noone,2018). After that identifying all the potential shareholders and
influencing them for this plan willbe the next functional requirement. According to the opinion of Marques et al., (2018), identifying all the investors with a proper determination regarding this plan will be one of the most important functional requirements of shareholders. There are certain examples of Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) that can be given and it has been observed that the Central Banks have initiated various pilot programs (Kumhof&Noone, 2018).

India can take inspiration from the fact that China has introduced digital yuan. Russia has also created the CryptoRuble and similar technology can be deployed within India to make the society cashless. India will require to have a digital version and the banks will be converting a part of their holdings into digital form. The digital monetary or the capital will be distributed to various business organizations and people of the country through help of mobile technology (De Lis& Sebastián, 2019). It can be observed that the largest difference in between cryptocurrencies and CBDC is that of the legal status as the later is more secured. Indian population will be benefitted as CBDC can be used as a payment mechanism and will be considered as an acceptable ledger system. In addition to this, CBDC will provide the advantage of being governed by Indian Government and is not anonymous.

There are two types of functionalities through which the CBDCs can be developed and they are Wholesale as well as Retail Central Bank Digital currencies. It can be stated that the Wholesale CBDCs uses the existing tier of banking as well as financial institutions so that transactions can be settled. This type of CBDC has been considered as traditional central bank reserves. The type of CBDC transaction that can be possible is that of interbank payment and transfer of capital takes places in between two financial institutions (De Lis& Sebastián, 2019). With help of CBDC, the process of cross-border transfer as well as automation is possible. There is also Retail CBDCs that involves transfer in between financial institution. The CBDC process that will be developed in India at first is that of retail one in which there is replacement of cash (Kumhof&Noone,2018). There must be caps imposed on the CBDC so that the banks are saved from having drainage of liquid fund. Digital tokens will be given to bearers and hence, identity verification will be conducted in an effective manner.

Conclusion

Thus, it can be concluded that this entire report has been formulated to describe a suitable reinvention plan of money by 2050. The target audience is the entire population of India and it has been observed that they will be benefitted with the help of CBDC as involvement within the banking system will get improved. It has been observed that with help of CBDC, the pressure on the use of physical notes will get decreased and also the drainage of liquid capital from banking sector will be removed. Furthermore, it can be stated with help of CBCD, there will be safer transaction of assets across borders and the system developed will be mainly token-based in the initial stage and then it can be developed in a hybrid model.

Reference List

Thequint.com, (2021), What is CBDC? Why Do We Need It in India?,https://www.thequint.com/explainers/explained-what-is-cbdc-why-do-we-need-it-in-india

Yanagawa, N., & Yamaoka, H. (2019). Digital Innovation, Data Revolution and Central Bank Digital Currency (No. 19-E-2). Bank of

Japan.https://theblockchaintest.com/uploads/resources/Bank%20of%20Japan%20-%20Central%20Bank%20Digital%20Currency%20-%202019%20-%20Feb.pdf

Auer, R. A., Cornelli, G., & Frost, J. (2020). Rise of the central bank digital currencies: drivers,approaches and technologies (No. 8655). CESifo Working Paper.https://www.econstor.eu/handle/10419/229473

De Lis, S. F., & Sebastián, J. (2019). Central Bank Digital Currencies and Distributed Ledger Technology. https://www.bbvaresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Banking-Lab-DLT-CBDCs_edi.pdf

Kumhof, M., &Noone, C. (2018). Central bank digital currencies-design principles and balance sheet implications. https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3180713

Auer, R., &Böhme, R. (2020). The technology of retail central bank digital currency. BIS Quarterly Review, March. https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3561198

Barontini, C., & Holden, H. (2019). Proceeding with caution-a survey on central bank digital currency. Proceeding with Caution-A Survey on Central Bank Digital Currency (January 8, 2019). BIS Paper, (101).
https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3331590

Kochergin, D. A., &Yangirova, A. I. (2019). Central bank digital currencies: key characteristics and directions of influence on monetary and credit and payment systems. Finance: theory and practice, 23(4),8098.
https://financetp.fa.ru/jour/issue/download/51/23#page=75

Desmond Dawes, G., & Davidson, A. (2019). A framework for developing justice reinvestment plans for crime prevention and offender rehabilitation in Australia’s remote indigenous communities. Journal of offender rehabilitation,58(6),520543.https://researchonline.jcu.edu.au/58765/1/A%20framework%20for%20developing%20justice%20reinvestment%20plans%20for%20crime%20prevention%20and%20offender%20rehabilitation%20in%20Australia%20s%20remote%20indigenous%20communities.pdf

Franzitta, V., Longo, S., Sollazzo, G., Cellura, M., &Celauro, C. (2020). Primary data collection and environmental/energy audit of hot mix asphalt production. Energies, 13(8), 2045–2045.
https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/8582369766

Gomes, P., Mendes, S. M., & Carvalho, J. (2017). Impact of pms on organizational performance and moderating effects of context. International Journal of Productivity and Performance Management, 66(4), 517–538.
https://doi.org/10.1108/IJPPM-03-2016-0057

Gunarathne, A. N., & Senaratne, S. (2018). Country readiness in adopting Integrated Reporting:
A Diamond Theory approach from an Asian Pacific economy. In Accounting for sustainability: Asia Pacific perspectives (pp. 39-66). Springer, Cham. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-319-70899-7_3

Haenssgen, M. J. (2019). Interdisciplinary qualitative research in global development : a concise guide (Ser. Emerald points). Emerald Publishing Limited. Retrieved October 4, 2021, from INSERT-MISSING-URL. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/1128408880

Marques, T., Nguyen, J., Fioreze, G., &Petreanu, L. (2018). The functional organization of cortical feedback inputs to primary visual cortex. Nature Neuroscience, 21(5), 757–764.https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-018-0135-z

Primary data collection (netherlands-utrecht: research and development services and related consultancy services). (2020). Mena Report, (july 15 2020): Na.https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/8628905727

Rubin, H. W., &Spaht, C. (2018). Quality Dollar Cost Averaging Investing Versus Quality Index Investing. Journal of Applied Business and Economics, 20(6), 193-200.http://na-businesspress.homestead.com/JABE/JABE20-6/RubinHW_20_6.pdf

Seiffert-Brockmann, J., Weitzl, W., &Henriks, M. (2018). Stakeholder engagement through gamification. Journal of Communication Management, 22(1), 67–78.https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/7294428031

Sharma, D., & Swami, S. (2018). Information Security policies Requirement in Organization. International Journal on Future Revolution in Computer Science & Communication Engineering, 4(1), 431-432.
https://www.ijfrcsce.org/index.php/ijfrcsce/article/download/1036/1036

Talbert, E. (2019). Beyond data collection: ethical issues in minority research. Ethics & Behavior, 29(7), 531–546.https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/8260802315

Tata motors: wheelspin. (2018). Financial Times, 10, 10–10. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/7908714374

Vales, M. (2020). Primary data collection for language description and documentation. Etudes Romanes De Brno, 41(1), 87–98. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/8650347961

Wasieleski, D. M., & Weber, J. (Eds.). (2017). Stakeholder management (First, Ser. Business and society 360). Emerald Publishing Limited. Retrieved October 4, 2021, from INSERT-MISSING-URL.https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/988757040

Wilson, C., & Kim, E. S. (2021). Qualitative data collection: considerations for people with aphasia. Aphasiology, 35(3), 314–333. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/v2/oclc/8929382816

MITS5501 Software Quality, Change Management and Testing Assignment Sample

IT - Research Report Assignment 2

Assignment Brief

Objective(s)

This assessment item relates to the unit learning outcomes as in the unit descriptor. This assessment is designed to improve student presentation skills and to give students experience in researching a topic relevant to the Unit of Study subject matter.

INSTRUCTIONS

For assignment help, in assignment 1 you were required to do a 10-13 minutes’ presentation on a recent academic paper on on Software Quality, Software Change Management or Software Testing.

Assignment 2 requires writing a report or critique on the paper that you chose in Assignment 1 to Presentation and Participation component above.

Your report should be limited to approx. 1500 words (not including references). Use 1.5 spacing with a 12-point Times New Roman font. Though your paper will largely be based on the chosen article, you should use other sources to support your discussion or the chosen papers premises.

Citation of sources is mandatory and must be in the IEEE style.

Your report or critique must include:

Title Page: The title of the assessment, the name of the paper you are reporting on and its authors, and your name and student ID.

Introduction: Identification of the paper you are critiquing/ reviewing, a statement of the purpose for your report and a brief outline of how you will discuss the selected article (one or two paragraphs).

Body of Report: Describe the intention and content of the article. If it is a research report, discuss the research method (survey, case study, observation, experiment, or other method) and findings. Comment on problems or issues highlighted by the authors. Report on results discussed and discuss the conclusions of the article and how they are relevant to the topics of this Unit of Study.

Conclusion: A summary of the points you have made in the body of the paper. The conclusion should not introduce any ‘new’ material that was not discussed in the body of the paper. (One or two paragraphs)

References: A list of sources used in your text. They should be listed alphabetically by (first) author’s family name. Follow the IEEE style.

The footer must include your name, student ID, and page number.

Note: Reports submitted on papers that are not approved or not the approved paper registered for the student will not be graded and attract a zero (0) grades.

What to Submit

Submit your report to the Moodle drop-box for Assignment 2. Note that this will be a turn- it-in drop box and as such you will be provided with a similarity score. This will be taken into account when grading the assignment. Note that incidents of plagiarism will be penalized. If your similarity score is high you can re-submit your report, but resubmissions are only allowed up to the due date. If you submit your assignment after the due date
and time re-submissions will not be allowed.

Note: All work is due by the end of session 9. Late submissions will be penalized at the rate of 10% per day including weekends.

On Time Days Late _______Turn-it-in Similarity % _______

Solution

Introduction

The purpose of this report is to critically review the academic article identified in assessment-1. The chosen academic paper is on “AZ-model of software requirements and change management in global software development” which belongs to the course unit: “Software quality and Change Management”.

It has been possible for an individual researcher to discuss the selected article in following sections: Reviewing the Literature Survey; Critically reviewing the Proposed AZ-model; Undertaking a research method to collect data, information relevant to the topic; Discussion based upon the results and finally find the outcomes of the research report.

Literature Survey

This section is one of the major parts of this research report. Here, the researcher critically reviews the chosen academic paper and compares it with other similar papers.

Review of the Chosen Academic Paper

This paper indicates information about Requirements Change Management (RCM) and Global Software Development (GSD). Due to the lack of information communication, changes of customers’ demands, changes in management strategies might be required. With a centralised software development system, an organisation can improve its poor requirements management [7]. This literature is a proposed study of the AZ-model which has been explored through RCM & data collection process. Use of tools, technologies have been preferred here with various methods and tactics.

Comparison Literature I: Empirical investigation of barriers improvement in GSD

According to ([7]), this paper supports the chosen academic article and provides information for critical review. Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) has been represented here with Initiating (I), Diagnosing (D), Establishing (E), Acting (A), and Learning (L)- IDEAL approach. During the research and review, Software Process Improvement Capability Determination (SPICE) has been recommended.

This research is a key context of supply chain management (SCM) which is a process improvement activity for GSD context. Planning, Conducting, and Reporting are the three phases of this research paper that added value to the software development model [7].

Comparison Literature II: Use of RE Tools in Global Software Engineering

As per the ideas of ([8]), this paper indicates requirements engineering (RE) tools for GSD. To support the literature survey of the chosen paper, this paper has been valued. In this study, the concept of Global Software Engineering (GSE) was also introduced. The objective of the paper is to support the chosen academic article with the concepts addressed in a different perspective. In the global software development market, the demand for changing the environment is high. Thus, evolving RE tools in GSD is an important aspect [2].

On the other hand, as per the International standard of software development, to achieve the effectiveness in requirements management, following steps to be followed which are: Change proposal, Review, Approval, Change notification. To change the market requirements as per the customers’ demand is a necessary and standard guideline for GSE [8].

Research Methodology

To continue with the research paper review, research methodology has been determined as a major section/part of the assessment [1]. In order to achieve the research problem and project objectives, it has been possible for the researcher to set research questions (RQs) and try to solve this by the end of this section.

? RQ1: How to propose the AZ-model of software requirements?

? RQ2: What is change management in GSD?

? RQ3: Which types of research methods seem suitable for this paper?

? RQ4: How to address the literature concept and analyse the data based on results?

To solve these RQs and propose the AZ-model of RCM in GSD, secondary data has been collected. The data are relevant to the research topic phase and sufficient to implement the AZ-model [2].

Collection of Data

Data collected in the form of questionnaire & survey [3]. Use of lightweight software development methodology in favour of heavyweight software development methodology has been proposed here. With the help of a project management research method, the AZ-model of RCM can be implemented. Moreover, Project manager is engaged to carry out development activities of the proposed AZ-model. Considering the Project management factor, it has been possible to set survey questions and answer accordingly.

Based on the perspective of ([7]), Software Development Methodology (SDM) refers to this AZ-model and is applied to collect data from survey respondents.

Figure 1: Sample Collected Data

Proposed Model

In this section, researchers are going to propose a model based on the empirical study and questionnaire survey [4]. Delay of one site effects in the proposed model implemented in six different areas of project management. Moreover, a six-pointed star model has been introduced here based on the guideline of Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBoK).

Figure 2: Proposed AZ-model of RCM
(Source: [7])

Findings and Analysis

From the collected database, it has been observed that, AZ-model can be implemented successfully if the GSD and PMBoK requirements have been fulfilled. The major findings of this academic paper are as follows:

? Workflow and Change Management

It is an important category that has been featured for global software development. In the case of GSD, high-awareness among the team is required for effective communication and model implementation [5]. However, multiple user access and collaborative life cycle management are the key approaches of software development and meeting change requirements. Regarding this, collaborative life cycle management and global stakeholder collaboration has been prioritised.

? System and Data Integration

In this case, the AZ-model framework can be implemented considering data import, data export and tool integration. System and data integration category focuses on the data collection & resources, RE and proposed AZ model [6].

? Shared Knowledge Management

The selected academic paper is useful for supporting stakeholders’ decisions, multiple user access and collaborative life cycle management. On the other end, for GSD it is necessary to introduce global stakeholders’ collaboration.

? Traceability

This is an important category featured by the GSD [1]. Flexible tracing, bi-directional tracing and traceability analysis are the key aspects of the AZ-model implementation and software development. Throughout the implemented software development lifecycle traceability seems to be a vital resource factor.
Issues addressed

While conducting systematic literature review (SLR) of the chosen article, several issues/barriers have been addressed [2]. Due to lack of organisational support and lower level of management, sometimes software development and change management has not been possible. Moreover, during the AZ-model implementation, non-availability of sufficient resources could be a major issue. Lack of client management support, lack of awareness towards the change management environment badly impacted on the GSD attributes.

Due to communication difficulties with the stakeholders the software requirements and change management may lead to misinterpretation [3]. Vital issues with the AZ-model implementation are popularly known as cross-cultural barriers among GSD organisations. Furthermore, an individual researcher faces lack of resources while reviewing this academic paper which is also a barrier. PMs were hesitant to allocate proper budget, financial support in terms of implementing the AZ-model.

Results and Discussions

This section shows the results of the proposed model and collected data in statistical form. Summarizing the data and relevant results of the six-pointed star model is the main objective of this part [4]. Researchers are prioritising the literature survey responses and evaluating the responses. To analyse the significance of the AZ-model, it is necessary to value the average, higher, and low percentage of the results from survey responses. Moreover, the evaluation criteria with the RE tool shows the performance features of the AZ-model. To analyse the results and discuss the relevant factors, a shared knowledge management and investigation method has been applied [7].

It has been possible for an individual researcher to identify and evaluate the outstanding score (CFI) from the collected database. However, in order to address the RQs, issues to be resolved on an immediate basis. On the other hand, while executing the GSD and change requirements for AZ-model, the survey data (positive/ negative/ neutral responses) are valued [5]. Significant differences observed during analysis of the results from the collected database. Categorizing the issues in a robust framework has also been valued for software process improvements. Demonstrating the Likert-scale value from the SLR exhibits in the form of results. Last, but not the least, from the proposed AZ-model and analysing the critical barriers researchers are able to modify the framework as per requirement [7].

Conclusion

After critically reviewing this academic article, how most of the software development organisations get facilities of AZ-model can be observed. Moreover, how this model can be useful in future work has also been understood from this academic paper. This paper demonstrates the key issues of AZ-model implementation and recommended for client & vendor management. How the RE tools become an advantage of GSD and AZ-model implementation has been analysed from this study [8].

In the future, global software management seems to be relevant for AZ-model implementation and featuring the gaps identified during the process improvement. Supporting features of GSD may be unsoundly obtained for the system integration part. Finally, not yet importantly, this paper provides ideas of traceability, software development, collaboration with the stakeholders and communicating with them for the next stage of change management in software industries.

References

[1] A.A. Khan, J. Keung, M. Niazi, S. Hussain and A. Ahmad, “Systematic literature review and empirical investigation of barriers to process improvement in global software development: Client–vendor perspective”, Information and Software Technology, vol. 87, pp.180-205, 2017. Accessed on: July 30, 2021. [Online]. Available: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Arif-Khan23/publication/315382990_Systematic_Literature_Review_and_Empirical_Investigation_of_Barriers_to_Process_Improvement_in_Global_Software_Development_Client-_Vendor_Perspective/links/5b4d651ea6fdcc8dae246cc7/Systematic-Literature-Review-and-Empirical-Investigation-of-Barriers-to-Process-Improvement-in-Global-Software-Development-Client-Vendor-Perspective.pdf

[2] C. Djoweini, “The driven parameters of Software Development Projects”, 2019. Accessed on: July 31, 2021. [Online]. Available: https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1371926/FULLTEXT01.pdf

[3] E. Serna, O. Bachiller and A. Serna, “Knowledge meaning and management in requirements engineering” International Journal of Information Management, vol. 37, no. 3, pp.155-161, 2017. Accessed on: July 31, 2021. [Online]. Available: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0268401216306582

[4] J. Band and M. Katoh, Interfaces on trial: Intellectual property and interoperability in the global software industry, Routledge, 2019. Accessed on: July 31, 2021. [Online]. Available: https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/mono/10.4324/9780429046841/interfaces-trial-jonathan-band-masanobu-katoh

[5] K. Curcio, T. Navarro, A. Malucelli and S. Reineh, “Requirements engineering: A systematic mapping study in agile software development”, Journal of Systems and Software, vol. 139, pp.32-50, 2018, Accessed on: July 30, 2021. [Online]. Available: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0164121218300141

[6] M. El Bajta and A. Idri, “Identifying Software Cost Attributes of Software Project Management in Global Software Development: An Integrative Framework”, In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Intelligent Systems: Theories and Applications, pp. 1-5, 2020, September. Accessed on: July 30, 2021. [Online]. Available: https://dl.acm.org/doi/abs/10.1145/3419604.3419780

[7] M.A. Akbar, M. Shafiq, J. Ahmad, M. Mateen and M.T. Riaz, “AZ-Model of software requirements change management in global software development”, In 2018 International Conference on Computing, Electronic and Electrical Engineering (ICE Cube) (pp. 1-6), IEEE. 2018, November. Accessed on: July 28, 2021. [Online]. Available: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Muhammad-Tanveer-Riaz/publication/330387529_AZ-Model_of_software_requirements_change_management_in_global_software_development/links/5cf4a8aa92851c4dd024128d/AZ-Model-of-software-requirements-change-management-in-global-software-development.pdf

[8] S. Yos and C. Chua, “Requirements engineering tools for global software engineering”, In Proc. 13th Int. Conf. Eval. Novel Approaches Softw. Eng.(ENASE), vol. 1, pp. 291-298, 2018, March. Accessed on: July 30, 2021. [Online]. Available: https://www.scitepress.org/Papers/2018/67601/67601.pdf

MIS609 Data Management and Analytics Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 1500 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes:

The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Demonstrate an understanding of the broad concepts of data management.
b) Demonstrate how to manage data within organizations, teams and projects. Investigate techniques on how to collect, store, clean and manipulate data.
c) Explore data management techniques and apply when and where applicable.
e) Effectively report and communicate findings to a business audience who are not necessarily IT professionals.

Submission - Due by 11:55pm AEST/AEDT Sunday end of Module 2.2.
Weighting - 25%
Total Marks – 100

Task Summary

For this assignment, you are required to write a 1500-word report proposing data management solutions for the organization presented in the case scenario.

Context

Module 1 and 2 explored the fundamentals of data management. This assignment gives you the opportunity to make use of these concepts and propose a data management solution (a pre proposal) for the organization presented in the case scenario. This assessment is largely inspired from Data Management Maturity (DMM)SM Model by CMMI (Capability Maturity Model Integration).

Task Instructions

1. For assignment help, please read the attached case scenario.

2. Write a 1500-word data management pre-proposal for the organization.

3. The pre-proposal should not only discuss the technical but also the managerial aspects (cost, manpower, resources, etc.). Please keep in mind that you are writing a pre-proposal and not a detailed proposal.

4. Please ensure that you remain objective when writing the pre-proposal.

5. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment. This will give you a clear picture of what a successful pre-proposal looks like.

Referencing

It is essential that you use appropriate APA style for citing and referencing research. Please see more information on referencing here: http://library.laureate.net.au/research_skills/referencing

Submission Instructions

Submit Assessment 1 via the Assessment link in the main navigation menu in MIS609 Data
Management and Analytics. The Learning Facilitator will provide feedback via the Grade Centre
in the LMS portal. Feedback can be viewed in My Grades.

Case Scenario

You are a Business Development Manager in a large Information System Support organization that provides data management solution for various clients in Australia. Your organization enjoys a very good repute for its services and is rated exceptionally well in the business community.

You are tasked by your supervisor, Vince Sutter, the president of the organization, and your direct supervisor, to write a service proposal for a new client. The new client of your organization is potentially a large private school that offers online schooling services to students who are at remote locations. This school has almost 2300 registered students from all over Australia from Year 1 to 10. Like your organization, this school also enjoys a very good reputation and is ranked as one of the best online schools based on the students’ and parents’ feedback.

John Brown, the school principal, is a forward-thinking man. He wants to ensure that the school should optimize its operations and keep improving in every way possible. Given the fact that the school has a large number of students and it is continually growing as a market leader, John Brown sees an opportunity for improvement. Brown now wishes that the school staff would focus more and more on learning and teaching, which is the core function of the school. To generate better focus, he and the school’s Board of Directors opt for managed services. They plan to outsource the school’s data management function to a reputed organization that is capable of managing the school’s data. Brown searches for a data management company and comes across your organization. He meets Vince Sutter and asks him to submit a pre-proposal for the school’s complete data management.

Solution

Introduction

The Business Development Manager holds the responsibility of preparing this pre-proposal report as they need to provide optimum data management solutions. This organisation is looking forward to working with the next potential client, which is a large private school well known for its actions so that online education in the distant locations of Australia can be included as well. This pre-proposal report is going to discuss both the technical aspects as well as the managerial aspects like cost, resources etc. This paper shall state the strategy which will help in management and communication of data to meet project objectives. The data of the school that the organisation will have to handle will also need effective ways of management and that will also be discussed in the report.

Aim and Objectives

The aim of this pre-proposal report is to find and analyse certain data management solutions and decide the most effective approach towards managing the data of the large private school, which is the next potential client of the organisation.

? To promote online education in the remote areas of Australia, and thus it is in the best interest of the organisation to get into business with the school as soon as possible.

? Both the Information System Support Organisation and the large private school have quite good reputations and thus keeping the reputations intact is also an objective for the parties and must be kept in mind while planning the project.

? To discuss in detail, the solution that is best suited to the needs of the school and will also have the objective to find out and analyse what improvements can be made in the selected solution.

Project background

The project will address the organisation’s need to find an effective data management solution for the data of the large private school. This will also require the organisation to have a solid project plan which will also be addressed in this pre-proposal. Both the organisation and the school have their reputations to uphold too, so it is of utmost importance that the project be mindful of the quality of the deliverables as well as the deadline.

The Information System Support Organisation must devise a concrete project plan so that the data management system can be efficiently implemented. The school has a total of 2300 registered students from various regions of Australia, and thus the organisation needs to keep in mind the quantity of data to handle and also need to be mindful of the regulations of the various regions (Lacy-Jones et al., 2017).

The project will also need to have a brief idea of what solution the organisation wants to implement before collecting and analysing data on various systems so that they can be compared to find the best suited system to the needs of the large private school (Yang, Zheng & Tang, 2017). For ensuring transparency in the project, the data management plan needs to provide the exact methods and avoid confusion while implementation of the project.

The project plan must aim at establishing and implementing an efficient and effective data management system which will be best suited for the purposes of the large private school. The project must also analyse what are the defects in the system that can be improved further so that the systems of data management can also be improved.

Methodology

(a) The data management strategy to be used would depend on the objectives of the school and would need strong data processes to be created. It will also require to search for the best technology and to establish governance on the collected data so that privacy can be protected. Finally, it should also include the proper training of the staff of the school so that they possess basic knowledge on how to use the implemented system (Chen, Lv & Song, 2019). Only after proper training has been done can the implemented system be properly executed.

(b) One of the main methods of data communication is through parallel transmission. The parallel transmission shall prove beneficial as it can transmit multiple bits of data simultaneously through different mediums.

(c) An estimate of ten people would form a specialized team which would manage the data of this school. This team would have the staff who had the experience of installing the system thus making it easier for them to communicate with the school (Babar et al., 2019). All the team members will report to the project manager, who will in turn report everything to the president of the organisation, Vince Sutter.

(d) The organisation will manage the general personal information (like names, emergency contact numbers, blood group, date of birth, etc.) of all the 2300 registered students as well as that of the staff of the school. The organisation intends to manage the entirety of the provided data by implementing an effective data management strategy as mentioned in the former part of this subheading.

(e) The school would need to provide resources like working computers and a working and strong enough network connection in the school for administrative and database related activities.

(h) The data management policy would be set by addressing the policy of operation with its focus on managing and governing the assets of the data collected. This policy will be implemented by forming a specific team within the organisation which is filled with people experts on the policy, so that they can effectively and efficiently implement the data management policy and so that they can also communicate the necessary details to the staff of the school.

(i) Tools like Talend Metadata Manager are best examples of ways to manage the metadata.

(j) Having an efficient structure of organisation, a precise definition of what to expect in the aspect of data quality, implementation of audit processes of data profiling and finally correcting errors will help the organisation to manage the quality of the data.

(k) Questions like whether the implemented system is being used to its maximum potential can be answered effectively by implementing a data management audit. The quality of the data can be assessed by comparing it against meta-data.

(l) The organisation also needs to have an open hotline and an online customer service for their client, i.e. the large private school so that they can state any other requirements or queries that they may have.

(m) Cloud model DAMA-DMBOK 2 can be regarded as one of the best techniques that would meet the needs of the school’s data management system.
(n) Legacy data would be taken care of by evaluating the inventory of the applications provided and by identifying the redundancies in them.

Results and analysis

(f) The project aims at delivering a fully working data management system capable of handling the information of all the 2300 students plus the staff of the school. The organisation will also aim to deliver an expert team to be present on the spot to check the safe delivery of the deliverables. One of the innovative ways for better data management operations is to offer a cloud environment (Jia et al., 2019).
(g) The organisation also aims to provide an expert team to guide and train the staff of the school so that they can become self-sufficient in the general data management operations.
(q) There are many threats involved in the data management process and has to be well managed by the expert system. There are risks involved with confidentiality and privacy that has to be managed by the experts in IT (Zheng et al., 2018). (o and p) The school will get benefits like the presence of experts to guide and instruct the staff of the school and to manage any risks that may occur otherwise. The school might also face certain challenges after the installation of the system. These challenges can be the risk of losing data, the risk of technical errors which can hinder the process of education which is the primary aim of the school.

Conclusion and Recommendations

In order to conclude this pre-proposal report, it is seen that the organisation needs to provide an efficient data management system to a large private school who are hoping to increase the rates of education in the remote areas of Australia through online education. It is also seen that to provide the data management system according to the requirements of the school will require the preparation of a detailed and properly analysed project plan (Mokhtar & Eltoweissy, 2017). The project plan needs to address data quality management, legacy data and various other issues.

As seen from this pre-proposal report, certain recommendations can be made like, although the data architecture and framework can be easily decided and confirmed for the needs of the school, there are always advances in technology, which need to be kept in mind and implemented in the data management system of the school as and when required.
 

Reference list

Babar, M., Arif, F., Jan, M. A., Tan, Z., & Khan, F. (2019). Urban data management system: towards big data analytics for internet of things based smart urban environment using customized hadoop. Future Generation Computer Systems, 96, 398–409. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.future.2019.02.035

Chen, J., Lv, Z., & Song, H. (2019). Design of personnel big data management system based on blockchain. Future Generation Computer Systems, 101, 1122–1129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.future.2019.07.037

Jia, K., Guo, G., Xiao, J., Zhou, H., Wang, Z., & He, G. (2019). Data compression approach for the home energy management system. Applied Energy, 247, 643–656. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2019.04.078
Lacy-Jones, K., Hayward, P., Andrews, S., Gledhill, I., McAllister, M., Abrahamsson, B., … Pepin, X. (2017).

Biopharmaceutics data management system for anonymised data sharing and curation: first application with orbito imi project. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, 140, 29–44. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmpb.2016.11.006

Mokhtar, B., & Eltoweissy, M. (2017). Big data and semantics management system for computer networks. Ad Hoc Networks, 57, 32–51. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adhoc.2016.06.013

Yang, Y., Zheng, X., & Tang, C. (2017). Lightweight distributed secure data management system for health internet of things. Journal of Network and Computer Applications, 89, 26–37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnca.2016.11.017

Zheng, W., Liu, Q., Zhang, M., Wan, K., Hu, F., & Yu, K. (2018). J-text distributed data storage and management system. Fusion Engineering and Design, 129, 207–213. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fusengdes.2018.02.058

Link followed for format of pre proposal:
https://ethz.ch/content/dam/ethz/main/education/finanzielles/files-de/Guidelines_Preproposal.pdf

MITS4004 - IT Networking and Communication Assignment 2 Sample

Assignment Brief

Due Date: Session 9
Weightage: 10%

Individual Assignment

This assessment item relates to the unit learning outcomes as in the unit descriptors.

L01: Identify the operation of the protocols that are used inside the Internet and use the seven-layer model to classify networking topology, protocol and security needs.

LO2: Evaluate LAN technology issues, including routing and flow control. Explain the difference between switches and routers. Build and troubleshoot Ethernet, Wi-Fi and Leased line networks. Connect networks with routers.

Scenario:

You are a Network and Security Engineer for the ABC Consulting Private Limited, which is a leading network and security provider for the small and medium scaled offices.

Task 1: Your task is to propose a network design for the small scaled company and sketch a basic logical network diagram of the office with 5 departments. You are free to assume:

• Name of the Office and Departments
• Networking Hardware’s such as routers, switches, hubs, modems wireless access points, firewalls etc.

Task 2: Using your expert knowledge on TCP/IP Model and its layers, sketch the TCP/IP protocols and identify at least one protocol used by each layer.

Task 3: At each level of the TCP/IP model, there are security vulnerabilities and therefore, security prevention measures that can be taken to ensure that enterprise applications are protected. As a network and security engineer, your task is to identify the security threats and propose a solution on each layer.

The report should be prepared in Microsoft word and uploaded on to the LMS. The word limit of the report is 2000 words. The report should be a properly constructed as an academic report. The report should include references in IEEE style.

Submission Guidelines for assignment help

The report should have a consistent, professional, and well-organized appearance.

1. Your report should include the following:
? The word limit of the report is 2000 words.
? The cover page must identify student names and the ID numbers, unit details, and the assignment details.
? The assignment must use 12-point font size and at least single line spacing with appropriate section headings.
? In-text referencing in IEEE style must be cited in the text of the report and listed appropriately at the end in a reference list.

2. The report must be submitted in soft (electronic) copy as a Microsoft Word document on the LMS in Turnitin drop box. Assignments submitted on the LMS will only be accepted.

3. Late penalty applies on late submission, 10% per day would be deducted.

4. The assignments will go through Turnitin and plagiarism penalty will be applied.

The report must be submitted in soft (electronic) copy as a Microsoft Word document via the upload link available on Moodle.

Solution

Introduction

The design of the network of the company has 5 departments. The office “GLORE” situated in the US is the small Scale which has 5 departments and the designing of the network is to be done for them. This plan of the organization for the organization should have 5 offices. The workplace "GLORE" arranged in the US is a limited scale which has 5 divisions and the planning of the organization is to be accomplished for them. The report comprises of the organization name GLORE with 5 divisions that are account, innovative work, advertising, client care, and IT.

Furthermore, the availability is finished utilizing a modem, switch, LAN, frameworks, stockpiling framework, centre point, an organization switch, printers, PCs, and so on. For the organization, the requirement LAN network is required as indicated by the need. The availability was used by the utilization of different organization media such as switches, centre, switch, stockpiling worker, firewall, connector, and so on. What's more, preceding to it the managing of the organization beginning initiating from ISP moving to the client. Next, we examined the TCP/IP convention suite and the conventions of the layer along with their graph. And then we considered the security weakness at TCP/IP distinctive layer of TCP/IP, and it enforced us and then we thought of the safety efforts and answers for those weaknesses. TCP/IP convention suite that is layered engineering where every layer has its conventions which are utilized to do the usefulness of that layer. Also, at each degree of TCP/IP observations of security weaknesses were seen and they need safety efforts and afterward new layers of the suite TCP/IP convention suite aren’t secure also it has weaknesses than to have sure about them. The utilization of various controls was run which will lesson the odds of the danger of information misfortune, data spilling, and numerous different issues looked in conventions downside. This report is made in the wake of experiencing the distinctive accessible examination materials and data accessible.
 

Organizational network design

The planning of the organization is to be accomplished for an occasion overseeing organization "GLORE Events" which has 5 divisions, and every office requires web access for their expert. For their concern of worker's prerequisites and also for the planning of the organization, we require the availability just as the equipment and programming for its arrangement. The association needs to be established and for the installation, the introduction was initiated for receiving of an association from Internet Service Provider(ISP).
ISP provides a source that is the utilization of Modem also afterward utilizing the LAN (Local Area Network). It provides arrangement to receive the admittance to the public organization and interfacing Router along with it that requires introduction in the organization. It also posts that utilizes links, we will append an organization switch with it. And then afterward frameworks of every division will be associated with that Switch and will have the option to operate it through the data and added to the stage to speak with different frameworks. From the earliest starting point the establishment for the association is needed from the Internet Service Provider that is ISP. At that point to receive the network modem is associated utilizing the NIC and the available links which were getting the signs also the utilization of LAN installed preceding to the modem and traced with firewall. Router is also associated which is giving the availability utilizing Wi-Fi and through Ethernet is associated with switch/center also.

Router is also associated with the capacity worker for the handling of the correspondence. Also, as the organization GLORE Events has 5 offices so the Switch is associated with 6 frameworks through the link.

One for every division and one concerning the principle office sort of a worker and now the plan of the fundamental rational network association: [6]

Figure 1 NETWORK LOGIC DIAGRAM
(Source: Self-developed)

The planning of the organization for the establishment of equipment is additionally thought of where the modem requires the installation where it was being designed and initiate it as a work. The five frameworks ought to be present at divisions of the organization and the switch ought to be set halfway such that in the event of any disappointment in any associations.

The framework can admittance to Wi-Fi also the individuals who expect the portability and don't lean toward the link and wires near them so they can without much of a stretch admittance to the availability.

The additional association that is the 6th ought to be put midway and ought to be utilized to teach the wide range of various frameworks.

In the same manner with a similar order can likewise be utilized as a reinforcement framework on the off chance that any of the frameworks isn't working or confronting any issue with the network. This sort of framework will make the moving simpler and as the situations are good then representatives will have the option to work productively thus it will be at last profit the organization.

TCP/IP model

As in an examination, it was indicated that correspondence between two frameworks is conceivable with the organization through convention suits. TCP/IP is one of the most generally utilized convention suite, additionally accessible without any problem. TCP/IP is the implementation of the OSI model (open system interconnection model). TCP/IP, the substitution of the convention isn't simple. TCP/IP convention is a structure of layers, and every layer posses with a particular use which is completed by the utilization of the convention. Every layer has conventions to complete its usefulness that is clung with the layer. TCP/IP convention suite consists of four layers:

Application layer: manages every layer ought to be independent and the tools that are of the first layer can secure the application information and probably not the data of TCP/IP as it is available in the next layers. The uppermost layer is an OSI and is distributed into 2 different layers and TCP/IP is the combination of 2 OSI layers. The protocols are Telnet, SMTP (Simple mail transfer protocol), HTTP (Hypertext transfer protocol), SNMP (Simple network management protocol), FTP (File transfer protocol).

Transport layer: it is the phase or layer which will ensure the information in one meeting of correspondence among the 2 communicators. As the Information Protocol data is raised in the organization phase and the layer isn't equipped for dealing with it. The layer that works as an intermediate and is properly oriented in the connection is also known as the connectionless or no connection layer. The protocols are UDP (User Datagram Protocol) and TCP (Transmission Control Protocol).

Organization layer: It is viewed as that the specific features of the organization layer could be shared by other layers and it will not create the hurdle as they are not specific with application explicit, which implies no change is needed in the insurance application. i.e. Another connectionless layer. The formation or transferring of the data is done in small units that have an address associated with them that is an IP address. The protocols are ISMP (Inter-Switch Message Protocol) and IP (Internet Protocol).

Datalink layer: The tools or managing are operated to the wide range of various layers and their controls committed circuits among the 2 communicators of an ISP. The management of data is done from the physical links and it is said that this gives the procedural and functional attributes to the data transferring. The protocols are ARP (Address Resolution Protocol), token ring, and Ethernet.

Figure 2 TCP/IP MODEL
(Source: self-developed)
 

Vulnerabilities

TCP/IP utilizes the location of the gadgets which are associated which fill the two or double that need to distinguishing the gadget also. As a result of this organization weakness is made and it will entirely noticeable and not contrasted with angry clients all through the globe. TCP/IP has 4 layers, as well as security concerns, that exist at every degree of the suite TCP/IP convention suite. TCP/IP information moves from the most elevated phase which is from the first Application layer and to the fourth layer which is named the Data link layer, at every next layer data is added. Along these lines, modes fitted on a more elevated phase cannot secure the previous phase, as the usefulness of the previous-level isn't distinguished from the preceding phase. Security controlling tools that are used at different layers and phase of TCP/IP convention suite available are: [1]

Application layer: manages of every phase ought to become independent and then the tools that are of the first layer phase can secure the first application information or data and probably not only the data of TCP/IP as this is available for the next layers of phase. The answer for being utilized for it ought to be level-based which can be utilized for quite a while, for instance, the utilization of Secure Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions(S/MIME) that is continued because of the information that will be encoded in it. [2]

Transport layer: it is that of phase which will ensure the information in a meeting of correspondence among 2 communicators. Information Protocol data which was raised in any organization phase and also the layer isn't equipped for dealing with it. The layer is utilized to deal with the commotion of traffic created by the HTTP via the Transport Layer Security (TLS) convention. For utilizing Transport Layer Security (TLS) it is required that the application can uphold Transport Layer Security (TLS). In contrast with additional insurance to the first phase that is application layer utilizing or combining with the Transport Layer Security (TLS) is favored and considered safer. Transport Layer Security (TLS) will be utilized with SSL entryway VPNs.

Organization layer: displayed as that the specific features of the organization layer could be shared by other layers and it will not create the hurdle as they are not specific with application explicit, which implies no change is needed in the insurance application. In certain cases, the controlling is done by the Network layer of the IP Security (Internet Protocol security) is favored over different controls or the controls of different layers and the layers are transport and application layer. In this layer, information is ensured in parcels and the Internet

Protocol of every bundle is secured. [5]

Datalink layer: The tools or managing are operated to the wide range of various layers and their controls committed circuits among the 2 communicators of an ISP. The utilization of information encryptors is utilized to secure it. Although it does not provide help to the insurance from numerous lines thus it is viewed as basic in contrast with the different layer controls and it is simpler to execute. These conventions are utilized for the extra assurance for some particular connections that are least relied thus the utilization of these tools are finished. [3]

Conclusion

The entire report is on Network and beginning with the planning of the organization for an organization consists of 5 divisions. All the availability and connectivity and can be given by Local Area Network that is LAN since we have 3 kinds of organization that are WAN, LAN, and MAN.

Where LAN can be utilized for the structures or organization more than one spot for some clients yet MAN is used for intercity or state organization purposes and utilization of WAN is around the world. This report is set up in the wake of examining and experiencing sites and available books with network availability and their advantages.

At long last with which we thought of the answers for security weaknesses and portrayed the conventions and planned the organization for the organization GLORE Events. TCP/IP convention suite that is layered engineering where every layer has its conventions which are utilized to do the usefulness of that layer. Also, at each degree of TCP/IP, observations of weaknesses in security was seen. There is a need of safety efforts and afterward, new layers of the suite TCP/IP convention suite aren’t secure also it has weaknesses than to make sure about them. With the utilization of various controls was run which will lesson the odds of the danger of information misfortune, data spilling, and numerous different issues looked in conventions downside.
 

References

[1]
M. Ji, “Designing and Planning a Campus Wireless Local Area Network,” Theseus.fi, 2017, doi: URN:NBN:fi:amk-2017053011119. [Online]. Available: https://www.theseus.fi/handle/10024/130087. [Accessed: 12-Jan-2021]
[2]
M. Ji, “Designing and Planning a Campus Wireless Local Area Network,” Theseus.fi, 2017, doi: URN:NBN:fi:amk-2017053011119. [Online]. Available: https://www.theseus.fi/handle/10024/130087. [Accessed: 12-Jan-2021]
[3]
S. Francik, N. Pedryc, T. Hebda, and B. Brzychczyk, “Use of network planning methods in designing modernization of agri-food processing enterprise to improve organization of production: example of meat processing plant,” May 2018, doi: 10.22616/erdev2018.17.n426. [Online]. Available: http://www.tf.llu.lv/conference/proceedings2018/Papers/N426.pdf. [Accessed: 12-Jan-2021]
[4]
N. Zarbakhshnia, H. Soleimani, M. Goh, and S. S. Razavi, “A novel multi-objective model for green forward and reverse logistics network design,” Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 208, pp. 1304–1316, Jan. 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.10.138. [Online]. Available: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0959652618331548. [Accessed: 12-Jan-2021]
[5]
M. Mohammadi, S.-L. Jämsä-Jounela, and I. Harjunkoski, “Optimal planning of municipal solid waste management systems in an integrated supply chain network,” Computers & Chemical Engineering, vol. 123, pp. 155–169, Apr. 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.compchemeng.2018.12.022. [Online]. Available: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0098135418302813. [Accessed: 12-Jan-2021]
[6]
B. Dey, K. Khalil, A. Kumar, and M. Bayoumi, “A Reversible-Logic based Architecture for Artificial Neural Network,” 2020 IEEE 63rd International Midwest Symposium on Circuits and Systems (MWSCAS), Aug. 2020, doi: 10.1109/mwscas48704.2020.9184662. [Online]. Available: https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/document/9184662. [Accessed: 13-Jan-2021]
[7]
“US20200264901A1 - Configuring programmable logic region via programmable network - Google Patents,” Google.com, 14-Feb-2019. [Online]. Available: https://patents.google.com/patent/US20200264901A1/en. [Accessed: 13-Jan-2021]
[8]
“US20200336588A1 - Device logic enhancement for network-based robocall blocking - Google Patents,” Google.com, 19-Apr-2019. [Online]. Available: https://patents.google.com/patent/US20200336588A1/en. [Accessed: 13-Jan-2021]
[9]
“A comparative analysis of surface roughness in robot spray painting using nano paint by Taguchi – fuzzy logic-neural network methods,” Australian Journal of Mechanical Engineering, 2020. [Online]. Available: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/14484846.2020.1842157. [Accessed: 13-Jan-2021]

MITS5001 IT Project Management Assessment 2 Sample

Assignment Brief

Objective(s)

This assessment item relates to the unit learning outcomes as in the unit descriptor. This assessment is designed to improve student presentation skills and to give students experience in researching a topic and writing a report relevant to the Unit of Study subject matter.

The following ULOs are assessed in this assessment.

LO2 Critically analyze project parameters and identify the key processes from the available project management book of knowledge in practical case scenarios.

LO5 Carry out research studies to provide expert judgement on the project progress and strategize contingency and fallback plans to ensure project deliverables are met as planned.

INSTRUCTIONS

For this component you will prepare a report or critique on an academic paper related to IT Project Management. The paper you select must be directly relevant to one of these major topics:

Project Life Cycles, Integration Management, Scope Management, Schedule Management, Cost Management, Quality Management, Resource Management, Communications Management, Risk Management, Procurement Management, Agile Project Management, Change Management, Earned Value Management, Resource Management and Stakeholder Management.

Your report should be limited to approx. 1500 words (not including references). Use 1.5 spacing with a 12 point Times New Roman font. Though your paper will largely be based on the chosen article, you can use other sources to support your discussion. Citation of sources is mandatory and must be in the IEEE style.

Your report or critique must include:

• Title Page: The title of the assessment, the name of the paper you are reviewing and its authors, and your name and student ID.

• Introduction: A statement of the purpose for your report and a brief outline of how you will discuss the selected article (one or two paragraphs). Make sure to identify the article being reviewed.

• Body of Report: Describe the intention and content of the article. If it is a research report, discuss the research method (survey, case study, observation, experiment, or other method) and findings. Comment on problems or issues highlighted by the authors. Discuss the conclusions of the article and how they are relevant to what you are studying this semester.

• Conclusion: A summary of the points you have made in the body of the paper. The conclusion should not introduce any ‘new’ material that was not discussed in the body of the paper. (One or two paragraphs)

• References: A list of sources used in your text. They should be listed alphabetically by (first) author’s family name. Follow the IEEE style.

• The footer must include your name, student ID, and page number

Submission Guidelines for assignment help

All submissions are to be submitted through turn-it-in. Drop-boxes linked to turn-it-in will be set up in the Unit of Study Moodle account. Assignments not submitted through these drop-boxes will not be considered.
Submissions must be made by the due date and time (which will be in the session detailed above) and determined by your Unit coordinator. Submissions made after the due date and time will be penalized at the rate of 10% per day (including weekend days).

Solution

Introduction

This report aims at finding out the importance of project management in terms of time, cost and quality assurance. The chosen article speaks about Agile Project Management technique, its advantage over traditional PMBOK (Project Management Body of Knowledge) when looking for innovation and change management. The use of agile technology and its effectiveness is discussed in the case study of a Brazilian Pharmaceutical Company’s IT Project. The disadvantages of using a traditional approach are analyzed, and the SCRUM framework is utilized for implanting Agile Technology in designing the new software.

Research Method

The research method used in the research paper is a qualitative exploratory research method. In this research, a case study of the pharmaceutical industry is considered [7]. The case study aims at investigating the current phenomenon where the context and phenomena are not categorized. The process of the case study includes data collection, both qualitative and quantitative.

Project Management knowledge areas

Project management knowledge areas are existing that includes risk management, change management, Human resources management, stakeholder management, quality management, time management, cost management, and many more. As per the [7] higher competition rate in the market forces various companies to consider change management in terms of project management in order to address those changes that can impact the company both positively as well as negatively. However, various studies are present which showcases other requirements for adopting the change management process during the conduction of project work. In the view of [1], the intention of the authorities of a company regarding internal change provokes companies to adopt change management principles in delivering prosperous project work. Often it is found that the requirements of project work cannot be addressed by project stakeholders by just considering the principles of project management. In this regard, it can be contradicted that the project manager of specific project work should consider a change management approach along with the project management approach in order to address the drawbacks of the ‘one-legged approach.’ On the other hand, [2] opined that the demand for global software development rise significantly due to which companies have to consider the aspects of Requirements Engineering and Change management for managing rich communication level among every stakeholder. Henceforth, it can be argued that the argument of [2], [1] and [7] is entirely different from each other. Lastly, from the concern of [4], it is found that the approach regarding Change management helps to increase the effectiveness of a project work significantly. Thus, it can be asserted that the change management approach is of utmost crucial and relevance in terms of accomplishing a project work properly. Although, every people have their own point of view regarding the utilization of change management principles.

Key Project parameter

The critical project parameters considered for any project include time, cost, quality and quantity of the products or deliverables. The project considered in the research paper was completed in 100 days (approximately about four months.) The total project cost was $US 145, 000, including the backlog changes [7]. The changes were incorporated after the completion of every Sprint, and the whole process ended in five Sprints. The information gathered, and knowledge gained in every Sprint was used to induce changes and proper decision making of the project. The traditional approach estimated seven months for completion, and the budget was Us $ 291, 000 [7]. The project team members were satisfied as the project’s testing was done in a real-time environment after subsequent phases. The changes were immediately incorporated and not waiting for the completion enhances the quantity as the products are delivered at every phase. Using SCRUM framework was helpful.

Project deliverables

A deliverable is tangible or intangible goods or services that need to be delivered. They can be documents, report, software product, a server upgrade or any other building blocks of the project [5]. The project deliverables were considered using the Product Backlogs and then estimating the items based on their priority which defines the requirement according to the Sprints of the project. The organization’s primary tangible deliverable was lowering down the need for stock as the expiration of medicines leads to loss. The XYZ project was designing an inventory module for considering the medicines with a shorter life span. It was necessary to apply filtration of medicine with batch numbers with shorter shelf life [7]. Arrange them by date, create a proper log, analyze the acquisition cost of storing and transport from inventory and total. The intangible products include the organizational reputation by meeting consumer demands and take decisions accordingly.

Project monitoring

The project was based on SCRUM framework where the stakeholders were the SCRUM team, the product owner and the Scrum master. The whole project was divided into Sprints, and the activities are described accordingly. Constant monitoring was done by meeting conducted by the Scrum Master where the report was taken from each member regarding their activities. The initial Sprint was to gather information regarding the stock of the existing drugs, their shelf life. The primary aim was to reduce damage and decrease the need for stock as the medicines were not allowed to be solved after their expiration date. The next Sprint was regarding speculation where Product Backlogs were created by the owner. From this stage, a Sprint backlog was created, which identified the product requirements that are required to be delivered in each subsequent stages of sprints. The Exploration phase covers the activities that were to be conducted in each Sprint. The meetings were held to ensure that the scope of the project is maintained. The next phase was the Adaptation Phase where the changes were incorporated according to the requirements gathered in previous stages. A retrospective approach is taken for considering the situation and how the requirements changed. But in later stages, more realistic decisions were taken.

Contingency Plan

Contingency plans are used to fight against any adverse incidences that may occur. The likelihood of risk is considered, and proactive measures are taken to combat the risk [6].

Table 1: Contingency plan
Source: (Developed by the author)

Research Findings

The research aimed to consider the positive aspects of using Agile Technology in SCRUM framework and its increased effectiveness as compared to the traditional approach. According to the research findings of the chosen paper, it is observed that a quantifiable benefit was observed in terms of time (80% increased performance as the project was completed in 100 days which was estimated to be seven months for traditional approach). In the case of cost, it got reduced by 50% [7]. The deliverables were produced after the first phase of the project life cycle, which motivated the employees as they could see the product even before the completion of the whole project. However, as per the consent of [3], every project manager needs to categorize the phases of a project work in short frequency that can provide the feeling of short-term wins to everyone associated with the project work.

However, the findings of the chosen research paper did not showcase the existence of such an aspect. Constant communication among the team members created the right working environment. The significant benefit was the project control in terms of scope. The results are analyzed, and changes were incorporated according to the requirements. According to [4], a communication plan must be deployed during the conduction of project work in order to cross-check the procedure of every step of that specific project work. However, the findings of [7] do not represent the utilization of such a communication plan. Aggregation was also initiated as the clients can instruct changes after using the products during the completion of the first phase [7]. Customer satisfaction is the major success as the change was initiated according to their demands. The major drawback of the research was to consider only a single case study of a Brazilian pharmaceutical company. It cannot be used as a generalized result, although exploratory research helped in gaining knowledge that can be used in real scenarios of business [7].

As per the above discussion, it can be argued that the project work was critically measured and delivered by the project team, although some gaps are present which could be addressed during the conduction of project work. Different authors represented different approaches for enriching the outcome of a project, which should be taken into account by authorities of project work in order to increase the effectiveness of the project. Hence, not only the aspects of Agile but also the principles of change management, appropriate communication need to considered by project stakeholders for managing change as well as to deliver a prosperous outcome by finishing the project work.
 

References

[1] G. O’Donovan, "Creating a culture of partnership between Project Management and Change Management", Project Management World Journal, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 1-11, 2018. Available: https://pmworldlibrary.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/pmwj66-Jan2018-ODonovan-creating-culture-of-partnership-project-management-and-change-management.pdf. [Accessed 3 January 2021].

[2] M. Shafiq et al., "Effect of Project Management in Requirements Engineering and Requirements Change Management Processes for Global Software Development", IEEE Access, vol. 6, pp. 25747-25763, 2018. Available: 10.1109/access.2018.2834473 [Accessed 3 January 2021].

3] M. Fraser-Arnott, "Combining Project Management and Change Management for Project Success in Libraries", 2018. Available: https://doi.org/10.1108/S0732-067120180000038005 [Accessed 3 January 2021].

[4] F. Shirazi, H. Kazemipoor and R. Tavakkoli-Moghaddam, "Fuzzy decision analysis for project scope change management", Decision Science Letters, pp. 395-406, 2017. Available: 10.5267/j.dsl.2017.1.003 [Accessed 3 January 2021].

[5] D. Danda, "Greycampus", Greycampus.com, 2019. [Online]. Available: https://www.greycampus.com/blog/project-management/what-are-project-deliverables. [Accessed: 02- Jan- 2021].

[6] K. Hughes, "How to Make a Contingency Plan - ProjectManager.com", ProjectManager.com, 2018. [Online]. Available: https://www.projectmanager.com/blog/contingency-plan. [Accessed: 02- Jan- 2021].

[7] A. Terra, "Agile Project Management with Scrum: Case Study of a Brazilian Pharmaceutical Company IT Project", International Journal of Managing Projects in Business, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 121-142, 2016. Available: https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/IJMPB-06-2016-0054/full/html. [Accessed 2 January 2021].
 

MIS607 Cybersecurity Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Assignment Title - MITIGATION PLAN FOR THREAT REPORT

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 2500 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes:

The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

b) Explore and articulate cyber trends, threats and staying safe in cyberspace, plus protecting personal and company data.

c) Analyze issues associated with organizational data networks and security to recommend practical solutions towards their resolution.

d) Evaluate and communicate relevant technical and ethical considerations related to the design, deployment and/or the uses of secure technologies within various organizational contexts.

Submission - Due by 11:55pm AEST Sunday end of Module 6.1
Weighting - 45%
Total Marks - 100 marks

Task Summary

For this assessment, you are required to write a 2500 words mitigation plan for threat report based on knowledge you gained about threat types and key factors in Assessment 2. You are required to use the Assessment 2 case as context to write a report to address or alleviate problems faced by the business and to protect the customers. In doing so, you are required to demonstrate your ability to mitigate threat/risks identified in Assessment 2 through the strategy you recommend (STRIDE).

Context

Cybersecurity help organizations to mitigate threats/risks, reduce financial loss and safety violations, decrease unethical behaviour, improve customer satisfaction, and increase efficiency, as well as to maintain these improved results. Threats can be resolved by Risk Acceptance (doing nothing), Risk Transference (pass risk to an externality), Risk Avoidance (removing the feature/component that causes the risk) and Risk Mitigation (decrease the risk). This assessment gives you an opportunity to demonstrate your understanding of cybersecurity and your capability to explain Risk Mitigation strategies for such threats. Mitigations should be chosen according to the appropriate technology and resolution should be decided according to the risk level and cost of mitigation.

Task Instructions for assignment help

1. Read the Assessment 2 Case Scenario again to understand the concepts discussed in the case.

2. Review your subject notes to establish the relevant area of investigation that applies to the case. Re- read any relevant readings that have been recommended in the case area in modules. Plan how you will structure your ideas for the mitigation plan for threat report.

3. The mitigation plan for threat report should address the following:

• Setting priorities for risks/threats

• Analyze the case in terms of identified risk categories and scenarios

• Apply standard mitigations

• Discuss specific resolutions for improvement, and justify their significance

• Provide recommendations for mitigating risk based on an assessment of risk appetite, risk tolerance and current risk levels (Choose techniques to mitigate the threats)

• Make recommendations to the CEO on how to conduct risk management, key issues involving your process improvement model, including a road map, the identification of appropriate technologies for the identified techniques, communicating the strategy, and a suggested timeline.

4. The report should consist of the following structure:

A title page with subject code and name, assignment title, student’s name, student number, and lecturer’s name. The introduction that will also serve as your statement of purpose for the report. This means that you will tell the reader what you are going to cover in mitigation plan report. You will need to inform the reader of:

a) Your area of research and its context (how to mitigate or manage threats)
b) The key concepts you will be addressing
c) What the reader can expect to find in the body of the report

The body of the report will need to respond to the specific requirements of the case study. It is advised
that you use the case study to assist you in structuring the report. Set priorities for identified threats from assessment 2, analyze the case in terms of identified risk categories and discuss specific resolutions and recommendations for improvements in the body of the report.

The conclusion (will summarize any findings or recommendations that the report puts forward regarding the concepts covered in the report.

5. Format of the report

The report should use font Arial or Calibri 11 point, be line spaced at 1.5 for ease of reading, and have page numbers on the bottom of each page. If diagrams or tables are used, due attention should be given to pagination to avoid loss of meaning and continuity by unnecessarily splitting information over two pages. Diagrams must carry the appropriate captioning.

6. Referencing

There are requirements for referencing this report using APA referencing style for citing and referencing research. It is expected that you used 10 external references in the relevant subject area based on readings and further research. Please see more information on referencing here:https://library.torrens.edu.au/academic skills/apa/tool

7. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading the
assignment— this will give you a clear picture of what a successful report looks like.

Submission Instructions
Submit Assessment 3 via the Assessment link in the main navigation menu in MIS607 Cybersecurity. The Learning Facilitator will provide feedback via the Grade Centre in the LMS portal. Feedback can be viewed in My Grades.

Solution

Introduction

The purpose of this report is to prepare a mitigation plan for the identified threats from assessment-2 threat modelling report. The context of this report is based on the threat mitigation strategy, STRIDE which was recommended in the earlier assessment. In this threat report, it has been possible for me to address the key cybersecurity threats/risks faced by the Business & Communication (B&C) Insurance organisation and concept of risk acceptance, risk transference, risk avoidance, & risk mitigations. Moreover, in this report, recent cyber trends and relevant threats have been articulated and explored.

Readers can expect to learn about the risk mitigation strategies for critical cybersecurity threats through this assessment. Last, but not the least, this threat report helps the key stakeholders of B&C Insurance company to choose appropriate technology and resolution for the risk level. It also helps to understand the cost of mitigation and structured their own ideas for the same.

Threats Identification, Specific Resolution respond to the case study

Setting priorities for risks/threats

Table 1: Risk/Threat Prioritization (Source: Canfield & Fischhoff, 2018, p. 828)

Analysis in terms of risk categories and scenarios

Table 2: Analysis of identified threats for particular scenario (Source: Canfield & Fischhoff, 2018, p. 830)

Standard Mitigations

After knowing the risk categories and relevant scenarios for this B&C Insurance case study organisation, it is necessary to identify and apply standard mitigation techniques as follows:

? Installing Firewalls to protect email/website

Firewalls are enabled to protect B&C Insurance company websites. It has been designed to create a buffer between IT systems and external networks so that it can monitor the network traffic, block anything that could damage the computers, systems, and private networks (Armenia et al. 2019, p. 405). Firewalls also prevent cyber criminals from breaking down into networks and block outgoing traffic that contains a virus.

? Installing antivirus software

Installing antivirus acts as an essential technological defence for the B&C Insurance company. Modern range of antiviruses generally provide protection against a range of malware (spam emails), key loggers, ransomware, adware, spyware, and so on (Ganin et al. 2020, p. 185).

? Patch management

For software updates, need to fix the vulnerability along with a patch management plan.

? Cybersecurity risk assessment

As per the International standard: ISO 27001, step-by-step guidance has been followed for cyber security risk assessment. It is a standard mutation applied to gain benefits (Zadeh, Jeyaraj & Biros, 2020, p. 5).

? Information security policy

It is the result of risk assessment which has been adopted by the organisation itself to prevent unauthorized access. Information security policy will review the effectiveness of the control.

? Sensitive data encryption

As suggested by Zheng & Albert, (2019, p. 2078), Under the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), encrypted data cannot be assessed by the criminal or hackers even if they break the systems. It only accessed by the authorized personnel i.e. CEO of the B&C Insurance with a decryption key.

? Remote working policy

Create a remote working policy for the B&C Insurance employees reshaped the organisational security services. It recommends two-factor authentication to any third-party services for personal use (Armenia et al. 2019, p. 410).

? Conduct vulnerability scans

Vulnerability scanning improves the overall cybersecurity effectiveness and security measurements.

? Create a different business continuity plan for B&C Insurance

It is also a standard mitigation that outlines the critical processes of an organisational operation in the event of a major disruption (Ganin et al. 2020, p. 188).

? Conducting penetration test

It is important to resist hacking on behalf of the B&C Insurance company. Automated scans enable the actors and leverage the weaknesses to gain a true insight. Penetration test is important to stop criminals, ethical hackers and implement defences (Zadeh, Jeyaraj & Biros, 2020, p. 12).

Specific Resolutions

After considering the cybersecurity threats for B&C Insurance company and discussing the standard mitigations, it has been possible for me to describe specific resolutions for improvement and justify their significance for the same. The following are the resolutions for B&C Insurance companies which can be implemented to ensure that the organisation does not become the victim of cyber-crime, hackers, or fraudsters (Zheng & Albert, 2019, p. 2080).

? Providing security training is a best resolution that aware the employees before clicking a malicious link or downloading fraudulent software.

? Updated strong anti-virus software is useful to protect internal organisational data (Armenia et al. 2019, p. 413).

? How to respond to the phishing threats from exploitation of software vulnerabilities has also to be considered.

? Strong password policy is a resolution to the threats and risks faced by the B&C Insurance company.

? As per the guidance of Ganin et al. (2020, p. 190), multi factor authentication is a resolution that allows B&C Insurance company to protect its compromised credentials. Attempting corporate applications, networks, and servers is also a resolution approach.

? Backing-up databases is also important. It could be the essential solution when the company lost almost its data after a cyber-attack (Zadeh, Jeyaraj & Biros, 2020, p. 20).
Recommendations for Risk Mitigation

Table 3: Mitigating Risk Assessment (Source: Wang, 2019)

Risk Management Roadmap
In this stage, on the basis of risk categories and key issues involved to the threat model a risk management has been conducted. It is included in the following table.

Table 4: Risk Management approaches and relevant criterions (Source:

Figure 1: Risk Roadmap
(Source: Bahaloo-Horeh & Mousavi, 2020, p. 123186)

Identification of appropriate technologies

STRIDE elements are identified from assessment 2 which is an appropriate technique to diversify the threats. This technique is identified for the relevant threats and how to act against it.

? Spoofing is identified for Authentication security property.
? Tampering technique is for Integrity.
? Repudiation is a recommended threat key factor accessed by the CEO in a non-repudiation context (Laessoe, Jensen & Madeleine, 2017, 5).
? Information Disclosure might be considered for confidentiality.
? Denial of Service is considered for availability.
? Elevation of Privilege is an authorized technique involved in this case.

On the other hand, the DREAD model is a technique which is associated with risks/threats. NIST is also similar to these.

Conclusion

After discussing the threats, vulnerabilities in the B&C Insurance company, it is necessary to summarize those findings and outcomes that will be put forward in future cases. The course of actions must be recommended to mitigate potential threats in future are:

? Validating the threat and engaging the stakeholders.

? Conduct a proper risk management which may be beneficial and provide specific resolution to the existing threats.

? Beware of unreliable external networks, emails from the next time to prevent this kind of cybercrime scenario.

References

Armenia, S., Ferreira Franco, E., Nonino, F., Spagnoli, E., & Medaglia, C. M. (2019). Towards the definition of a dynamic and systemic assessment for cybersecurity risks. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 36(4), 404–423. Retrieved on 18-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1002/sres.2556

Bahaloo-Horeh, N., & Mousavi, S. M. (2020). Comprehensive characterization and environmental risk assessment of end-of-life automotive catalytic converters to arrange a sustainable roadmap for future recycling practices. Journal of Hazardous Materials, 400, 123186–123186. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhazmat.2020.123186

Boeke, S. (2018). National cyber crisis management: different European approaches. Governance, 31(3), 449–464. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1111/gove.12309

Camillo. (2017). Cybersecurity: risks and management of risks for global banks and financial institutions. Journal of Risk Management in Financial Institutions, 10(2), 196–200. Retrieved on 18-Apr-2021 from, https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/oclc/6998327984

Canfield, C. I., & Fischhoff, B. (2018). Setting priorities in behavioural interventions: an application to reducing phishing risk. Risk Analysis, 38(4), 826–838. Retrieved on 18-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1111/risa.12917
Coburn, A., Leverett, E., & Woo, G. (2018). Solving cyber risk: protecting your company and society. John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/oclc/1080082434

Ganin, A. A., Quach, P., Panwar, M., Collier, Z. A., Keisler, J. M., Marchese, D., & Linkov, I. (2020). Multicriteria decision framework for cybersecurity risk assessment and management. Risk Analysis, 40(1), 183–199. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1111/risa.12891

Laessoe, U., Jensen, N. M. B., & Madeleine, P. (2017). Examination of the gait pattern based on adjusting and resulting components of the stride-to-stride variability: proof of concept. Bmc Research Notes, 10(1), 1–7. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1186/s13104-017-2623-8

Rytchkov, O., & Zhong, X. (2020). Information aggregation and p-hacking. Management Science, 66(4), 1605–1626. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2018.3259

Saia, R., & Carta, S. (2019). Evaluating the benefits of using proactive transformed-domain-based techniques in fraud detection tasks. Future Generation Computer Systems, 93, 18–32. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.future.2018.10.016

Wang, S. S. (2019). Integrated framework for information security investment and cyber insurance. Pacific-Basin Finance Journal, 57. Retrieved on 18-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pacfin.2019.101173

Zadeh, A. H., Jeyaraj, A., & Biros, D. (2020). Characterizing cybersecurity threats to organizations in support of risk mitigation decisions. E-Service Journal, 12(2), 1–34. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/oclc/8978135163

Zheng, K., & Albert, L. A. (2019). A robust approach for mitigating risks in cyber supply chains. Risk Analysis, 39(9), 2076–2092. Retrieved on 19-Apr-2021 from, https://doi.org/10.1111/risa.13269

MIS500 Foundations of Information Systems Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

 Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 1500 words (+/- 10%
Learning Outcomes

The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:
a) Effectively communicate and demonstrate understanding of the importance of ethical and professional standards in own career and professional future.

Submission - By 11:59 PM AEST Friday of Module 6.1 (Week 11)
Weighting - 35%
Total Marks - 35 marks

Task Summary

This assessment task requires you to reflect on your experiences in MIS500 this trimester by following a four-step process to gain insights into the work you have done and how it relates to your own career and life more broadly. In doing so, you will need to produce a weekly journal to record your learning and then as the trimester comes to a close reflect on these experiences and submit a final reflection of 1500 words (+/- 10%) that will include the weekly journal as an appendix.

Context

This is an individual assignment that tracks your growth as a student of Information Systems over the trimester. It is scaffolder around your weekly learning activities. Completing the activities and seeking input from your peers and the learning facilitator is essential for you to achieve a positive result in this subject. Before you start this assessment, be sure that you have completed the learning activities in all of the modules. This reflective report gives you the opportunity to communicate your understanding of how information systems relate to your career and future.

Task Instructions for assignment help

1. During Module 1 – 5, you were asking to produce a weekly journal to record your learnings each week. Based on these weekly journals, please write a 1500-word reflective report about your experience focusing on how this will support developing and planning your future career.
2. You are required to follow the four steps of Kolb’s learning cycle when writing the reflective report.
You will keep a learning journal throughout the trimester. Each week as you complete the learning
activities you record your experience in spreadsheet or word document.

Step 1
Concrete experience – Keep a learning journal

Step 2
Reflective observation – Summarise what happened

Step 3
Abstract conceptualization – Analyze what this means

Step 4
Active experimentation - New action

1. You are required to write this assessment in a report format using the following headings:
2. Introduction
3. Reflective Observation – Summarise what happened.
4. Abstract conceptualization – Analyze what this means for you and your career.
5. Active experimentation – What new action do you need to take to develop yourself and your career using the things you learned through your MIS 500 studies.
6. Conclusion
7. Appendix of learning journal (with evidence)

Referencing

Formal citation of sources is not required. However, specific reference to your own experiences must be made. It is essential that you use appropriate APA style for citing and referencing research if you do make reference other work. Please see more information on referencing here http://library.laureate.net.au/research_skills/referencing

Submission Instructions

Please submit ONE MSWord document (.doc or .docx) via the Assessment 3 section found in the main navigation menu of the subject’s Blackboard site. The Learning Facilitator will provide feedback via the Grade Centre in the LMS portal. Feedback can be viewed in My Grades.

Solution

Introduction

In this study, I have reflected on my learning experience related to MIS500 modules. I have described my learning experience based on Kolb’s learning cycle. This model explains that effective learning is a progressive process in which learners' knowledge develop based on the development of their understanding of a particular subject matter. Kolb's learning cycle has four phases, concrete learning, reflective observation, abstract conceptualisation and active experimentation. The learning process will help me to develop my career in the field of information technology.

Concrete Experience

Before the first module, I had little idea about the use of information systems in business. Thus, I was in the concrete experience stage of Kolb’s learning model, in which a learner has little idea about a concept. The first stage of Kolb’s model is concrete experience. In this stage, learners encounter new knowledge, concepts and ideas, or they reinterpret the ideas, concepts and knowledge that they already know (Hydrie et al., 2021). I learnt the use of information systems for making rational decisions in business is called business intelligence. I had no knowledge about business intelligence before the first module. Thus, it helped me to experience new knowledge about business intelligence. I started to think about how I can develop my career in the field of business career and the learning strategies that can help me to enhance my knowledge about the professional field.

The next modules helped me to deepen my understanding of business intelligence. I learnt that the emerging area of business intelligence is the result of a digital revolution across the world. Digital revolution refers to an increase in the number of users of tools and technologies of digital communication, such as smartphones and other types of computers, internet technology. The evidence for the digital revolution is the report "The Global State of Digital in October 2019.” The report mentions that there were around 155 billion unique users of mobile phones worldwide (Kemp, 2019). However, there were 479 billion internet users. The total number of social media users were 725 billion. The evidence has been obtained from module 1.2. Thus, there is high global penetration of digital technologies. The global penetration of digital technologies helped me to understand that I want to develop my career in the field of business intelligence. The digital revolution created thousands of career opportunities in the field. Business organisations need to use digital technologies to communicate with people or customers who use digital devices and technologies. Digital technologies are helping organisations in growth and international expansion (Hydrie et al., 2021). Businesses are expanding themselves with the help of digital technologies. Many businesses have transformed themselves from global to local with the help of digital technologies.

Reflective Observation

When I started to learn module 2, I learnt how business organisations use data to gain a competitive advantage over their competitors. In digital, the organisation which has relevant data can reach the targeted customers, improve their products and services and leverage different opportunities (Hydrie et al., 2021). Thus, data management and information management are vital for the success of an organisation. By collecting and managing data effectively, companies can obtain the knowledge that they require to achieve their business goals. I had reached the reflective observation stage by the time I learned this module because I started to reflect on new experiences by explaining why businesses need to digitise themselves. The reflection of observation is related to the second stage of Kolb’s model of learning. The reflective observation stage is related to the reflection on a new experience that a learner receives through his/her learning (Hydrie et al., 2021). It includes a comparison between the new knowledge or experience and existing knowledge or experience to identify a knowledge gap. This stage allowed me to know what I need to learn more to develop my career in the field of business intelligence or information system professional.

In the next modules, I tried to bridge the knowledge gap. In module 2.2, I learnt about the concepts of knowledge management and big data. Knowledge management is a collection of approaches that help to gather, share, create, use and manage related to management or information of an organisation (Arif et al., 2020). Knowledge management is crucial for organisations to gain meaningful insights from the collected data. However, big data refers to data in abundance which has high velocity and volume. Big data helps to identify important patterns related to events and processes and facilitates decision-making for business organisations.
These information systems are human resource information systems (HRIS), enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems and customer relationship management (CRM) systems Arif et al., 2020). This module played a vital role in shaping my knowledge by helping me to understand the practical use of information technology and information systems in business operations. I learnt how information systems help to describe and analyse the value chains of business organisations. A value chain of a business organisation is consist of main activities and supporting or auxiliary activities that help business organisations to carry out all their operations.
Module 3.1 also proved to bridge the knowledge gap. In this module, my knowledge reached to abstract conceptualisation stage of Kolb's learning model, which is related to the development of new ideas in a learner's mind or help him/her to modify existing ideas related to a concept. I started to use my learnings on how information systems can be used more effectively by business organisations. Thus, I tried to modify the knowledge related to existing applications of information systems in business.

Abstract Conceptualisation

Active conceptualisation is the stage of Kolb's learning cycle in which learners give a personal response to new experiences. In this stage, I started to think about how to use the new knowledge that I gained for the advancement of my career. I decided to learn more about ERP and CRM. If I learn about the two types of information systems, I can learn to develop them and help other organisations to learn their uses. It helped to shape my knowledge about area-specific information systems that can help organisations to meet the needs of the operations of their certain business operations. The two specific areas about which I gained knowledge in the module were ERP and CRM (Arif et al., 2020). ERP is an information system that helps to plan and manage the resources of a business organisation. It helps in managing to carry out supply chain operations. The main functions of an ERP are inventory planning and management, demand forecast and management of operations related to suppliers, wholesalers and retailers. However, CRM helps in managing relations with customers of business organisations (Hamdani & Susilawati, 2018). It helps to know and resolve customers’ grievances. CRM allows organisations to communicate with their customers to understand their needs and provide them with information about product and services offerings effectively. In module 4.2, I learnt how can help an organisation selects its business information system. The selection of a business information system by a business organisation depends on its business architecture (Hamdani & Susilawati, 2018). A business architecture refers to a holistic overview of operations, business capabilities, processes of value delivery and operational requirements. The information system that suits the business architecture of an organisation is most suitable for it. The price of information systems ascertained by vendors also influences the decisions of business organisations to use it.

Active Experiment

The active experiment is the stage in which learners decide what to do with the knowledge that they gained (Hydrie et al., 2021). I used the reflection technique to decide how to use my knowledge about information systems to develop my career. Harvard research in 2016 also explained the importance of reflection (Module 5.2). Reflecting on previous experiences helps individuals and organisations to recall what they learnt and find scopes of improvements in their existing skills and knowledge (Rigby, Sutherland & Noble, 2018). Thus, if business organisations reflect on their previous experiences related to IT operations, they can improve their knowledge about IT operations. Reflection can also help them to find a scope of improvements in their existing knowledge. As a result, they can improve their future IT strategies to achieve business goals. The improvements in the strategies can help them to ensure their future success. Thus, reflection can be an effective source of learning for organisations. The reflection of my learning helped me to know that I want to become a big data analyst because the requirements of big data analysis increasing in different fields, and I have effective knowledge about it. I will always follow ethics related to my profession to maintain professionalism because it is an ethical responsibility and professional conduct for IT professionals (McNamara et al., 2018).

Conclusion

In conclusion, my learning experience related to information systems helped me to know new concepts related to them. It helped me to bridge my knowledge gap about the use of information systems in business analytics. Based on my learning, I found that I have gained effective knowledge about big data analysis. Thus, I want to develop my career in the field of big data analysis.
 

References

Arif, D., Yucha, N., Setiawan, S., Oktarina, D., & Martah, V. (2020). Applications of Goods Mutation Control Form in Accounting Information System: A Case Study in Sumber Indah Perkasa Manufacturing, Indonesia. Journal of Asian Finance, Economics and Business, 7(8), 419-424. Retrieved from http://eprints.perbanas.ac.id/7166/

Di Stefano, G., Gino, F., Pisano, G. P., & Staats, B. R. (2016). Making experience count: The role of reflection in individual learning. Harvard Business School NOM Unit Working Paper, (14-093), 14-093. Retrieved from https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2414478

Hamdani, N. A., & Susilawati, W. (2018). Application of information system technology and learning organization to product innovation capability and its impact on business performance of leather tanning industry. Int. J. Eng. Techno, 7, 393-397. Retrieved from https://www.academia.edu/download/60118436/Application_of_Information20190725-106859-1v84mpn.pdf

Hydrie, M. Z. I., Naqvi, S. M. Z. H., Alam, S. N., & Jafry, S. I. A. (2021). Kolb’s Learning Style Inventory 4.0 and its association with traditional and problem based learning teaching methodologies in medical students. Pakistan Journal of Medical Sciences, 37(1), 146. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc7794154/

Kemp, S. (2019, October 23). The Global State of Digital in October 2019. Retrieved from https://wearesocial.com/au/blog/2019/10/theglobal-state-of-digital-in-october-2019

McNamara, A., Smith, J., & Murphy-Hill, E. (2018, October). Does ACM’s code of ethics change ethical decision making in software development? In Proceedings of the 2018 26th ACM joint meeting on European software engineering conference and symposium on the foundations of software engineering (pp. 729-733). Retrieved from https://dl.acm.org/doi/abs/10.1145/3236024.3264833?casa_token=xu_JKZRcyBEAAAAA:GhNrkWmz5yEKg4TwJaWg6dfOBz8O1WWoUuOtwbJXbuo3TL623CitLoNeaEQiksit_hl5YrAcRQSQ

Rigby, D. K., Sutherland, J., & Noble, A. (2018). Agile at Scale. Harvard Business Review, 96(3), 88–96. Retrieved from http://search.ebscohost.com.ezproxy.laureate.net.au/login.aspx?direct=true&db=bsu&AN=129192576&site=ehost-live

DASE201 Data Security Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Length/Duration: 1000 words report (+/- 10%)

Unit Learning Outcomes addressed:

• Identify vulnerabilities for data security threat.

• Examine methods to prevent cyber-attack defences, IDS and IPS.

• Compare framework of cyber security, safety principles and guidelines of various tools to enforce data security and privacy.

• Critique the mechanisms and prominent techniques to tackle sophisticated ICT attacks.

Submission Date: Week 11

Assessment Task: Group written report
Total Mark: 20 Marks
Weighting: 20%

Students are advised that submission of an Assessment Task past the due date without a formally signed approved Assignment Extension Form (Kent Website My Kent Student Link> FORM – Assignment Extension Application Form – Student Login Required) or previously approved application for other extenuating circumstances impacting course of study, incurs a 5% penalty per calendar day, calculated by deduction from the total mark.

ASSESSMENT DESCRIPTION:

Identify two of the biggest data breaches from 2020 for assignment help and explain the vulnerabilities that lead to the attacker gaining access to the data. Also propose techniques that practices that could have helped prevented this data breach.
This is a group task with groups of 3 students

ASSESSMENT SUBMISSION:

Part 1. Group Report

This is a group activity and students are required to work with their respective group members. No individual submission will be accepted. You have to nominate someone as your group leader to coordinate the assignment submission. The report should be submitted online in Moodle by one member of the team ONLY (Group Leader) on Sunday Week 11.

You will not receive any marks for this assignment if your group members collectively report against you for non- participation or non-cooperation

GENERAL NOTES FOR ASSESSMENT TASKS

Content for Assessment Task papers should incorporate a formal introduction, main points and conclusion. Appropriate academic writing and referencing are inevitable academic skills that you must develop and demonstrate in work being presented for assessment. The content of high quality work presented by a student must be fully referenced within-text citations and a Reference List at the end. Kent strongly recommends you refer to the Academic Learning Support Workshops materials available on the Kent Learning Management System

GENERAL NOTES FOR REFERENCING

References are assessed for their quality. Students should draw on quality academic sources, such as booKs, chapters from edited booKs, journals etc. The textbooK for the Unit of study can be used as a reference, but not the Lecturer Notes. The Assessor will want to see evidence that a student is capable of conducting their own research. Also, in order to help Assessors determine a student’s understanding of the worK they cite, all in-text references (not just direct quotes) must include the specific page number(s) if shown in the original. Before preparing your Assessment TasK or own contribution, please review this ‘YouTube’ video (Avoiding Plagiarism through Referencing) by clicKing on the following linK: linK:http://moodle.Kent.edu.au/Kentmoodle/mod/folder/view.php?id=3606
A search for peer-reviewed journal articles may also assist students. These type of journal articles can be located in the online journal databases and can be accessed from the Kent Library homepage. WiKipedia, online dictionaries and online encyclopaedias are acceptable as a starting point to gain Knowledge about a topic, but should not be over-used – these should constitute no more than 10% of your total list of references/sources.

Solution

Introduction

Data security is the way of protecting organisational data and digital information from destructive forces and unwanted actions like hacking, cyber-attacks, and data breaches. Data security includes hashing, encryption, and transmission of data over a secured line (Industry2018, p. 58). In this report, two biggest data breaches are identified from 2020 and the vulnerabilities that lead to the attacker gaining access to the data has been identified. The report also talks about techniques of preventing data breaches.
Identifying the data breaches from 2020

There are two biggest data breaches identified in 2020 for Microsoft and MGM resorts.

In January 2020, Microsoft has admitted that an internal customer support database has been accidentally exposed online. Through this statement, Microsoft indirectly meant that the customer records of 250 million people spanning for 14 years has been exposed online without any password protection. A security researcher reported Microsoft about the breach when he found the database online. However, Microsoft did not take the blame on itself and said that it was a fault of misconfigured Azure security rules that was deployed in the company on 5th of December 2019. In the next year, data breach happened where email address, IP addresses of the customers, and other sensitive details like bank account number and password were exposed. This security failure made customers less confident about using Microsoft products which resulted in huge loss for the company(Bertino 2016, pp. 1-3).

In February 2020, data researchers discovered that someone in a hacking forum leaked MGM Resort hotel’s personal information about more than 10.6 million guests. The organisation was reported about this incident where it was mentioned that the formers guest list including Justin Bieber, Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey and several government officials are leaked on the internet (Palmatierand Martin 2019, pp. 133-151). The very same day, it is reported that the information started appearing in several hacking forums that are viewed publicly. In July of 2020, the data was put on sale at a bargain price of $2,900. This became a huge blow for the company in the hotel industry as customer lost interest and trust in the group. MGM suffered in maintaining reputation and stayed out of limelight after the incident.

Identifying vulnerabilities for data security threat

In the case of Microsoft’s data breach, malware and misconfigured Azure security rules are responsible. The data was breached because of the rules and standards used by Azure security that were not reliable for the company. Malware is a code or file delivered typically over a network that explores, infects, conducts, or steals any behaviours an attacker desire virtually when they get the database not protected well (Kumar,et al. 2018, pp.691-697).

In the case of MGM resort’s data breach, the attackers attempt for tricking the employee within a victim company into downloading malware or into revealing account credentials and confidential data within a phishing attack. The Internet of Things surrounds several smart devices including printers, coffee makers, and other machines (Parn and Edwards2019). The problems with those devices are that those is hijacked by attackers for forming slaved network of compromised devices for carrying out attacks further (Bertino 2016, pp. 1-3).

Methods of Cyber-attack defences, IDs and IPS

There are several methods by which defence against the cyber-attacks are possible. In the case of Microsoft, the use of Intrusion Prevention or Detection Systems (IDS/IPS) are recommended as ethical methods. IDS helps in sending alerts to the company when there is a malicious traffic network detected in the company’s server. As Microsoft was not aware of the attack until it is reported by a data researcher, it is important to develop IDS and IPS systems. In the case of MGM Resorts hotels, there is a need of using a flexible method as it protects data of celebrities and government officials. For MGM, 24*7 network monitoring is needed on the server of the company. The possible method is to change the privacy setting from time to time and keep the firewalls up to date. The software applications used by this hospitality business needs to be updated with upgradation of the operating system. In this way, any vulnerability in the network or the computing devices can be identified easily (Kumar et al. 2018, pp.691-697).

Compare framework of cyber security, safety principles and guidelines of various tools to enforce data security and privacy

There are three top-rated cybersecurity frameworks that can be used to use various tools to enforce data security and privacy. The first one is the US National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Framework that helps in improving critical cybersecurity structure. The Centre for Internet Security Critical Security Control (CIS) helps in establishing safety rules for the companies. The International Standards Organisation (ISO) frameworks ISO/IEC 27001 and 27002 can be applied for data breaches. The NIST is far better for Microsoft’s data handling as it is an IT company and needs proper corporate infrastructure to handle the problems. While comparing it to the other two standards, it can be said that CIS can be used for MGM Resorts as it needs to keep cyber laws in mind(Industry 2018, p.58).

Critique the mechanisms and prominent techniques to tackle sophisticated ICT attacks

For both Microsoft and MGM Resorts, handling data security is an important organisational task. There are several tools and techniques and mechanisms that can be used to handle the data legally and ethically. Anti-malware tools are a type of software of network security developed for identifying harmful programs and preventing them from spreading. Network anomaly Detection Engine permits in analysing the network, so whenever breaches happen, it will alert quickly. Application security assists the companies in establishing the parameters of security for any applications, which is related to the network security. Data Loss Prevention policies and technologies assist in protecting employees from compromising and mis-utilising confidential data. Firewalls are utilized in managing network traffic, permitting authorized traffic during blocking access to non-authorized traffic. Web security assists in preventing web-based threat from utilizing browsers as an access point for getting into the network (Palmatier and Martin 2019, pp. 133-151).

Conclusion

The data security can be handled by Virtual Private Network tool which is utilized in authenticating communication among an endpoint device and secure networks by creating an encrypted line in handling the data breaches in companies like Microsoft and MGM. The vulnerabilities are also identified and mitigated the risk.

A few recommendations can be made in this case:

1- The companies should adopt to monitoring technologies for the detection of security threats at a priority.
2- The use of IDS should be implemented compulsorily in every company.

References

Bertino, E., 2016, March. Data Security and Privacy in the IoT. In EDBT (Vol. 2016, pp. 1-3).https://www.cs.purdue.edu/homes/bertino/paper-a.pdf0.pdf

Industry, P.C., 2018. Data security standard. Requirements and Security Assessment version, 3, p.58.https://www.mastercard.us/en-us.html

Kumar, P.R., Raj, P.H. and Jelciana, P., 2018. Exploring data security issues and solutions in cloud computing. Procedia Computer Science, 125, pp.691-697.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2017.12.089

Palmatier, R.W. and Martin, K.D., 2019. Understanding and valuing customer data. In The Intelligent Marketer’s Guide to Data Privacy (pp. 133-151). Palgrave Macmillan, Cham.https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-030-03724-6_7

Parn, E.A. and Edwards, D., 2019. Cyber threats confronting the digital built environment: Common data environment vulnerabilities and block chain deterrence. Engineering, Construction and Architectural Management.https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/ECAM-03-2018-0101/full/html

MIS301 Cyber Security Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 1500 words (+/- 10%)

Completion of the task below include:

a) Investigate and analyse the tenets of cybersecurity
b) Identify and communicate a range of threats and vulnerabilities to informational assets.
Submission Due by 11:55pm AEST Sunday of Module 2.2
Weighting 25%

Total Marks 100 marks

Instructions:

In Module 1, you learnt the five types of hacker threats that are common on the internet: commodity threats, hacktivists, organised crime, espionage and cyberwar. In Assessment 1, you are required to choose any three of the five types of hacker threats and undertake some research into the cybersecurity literature and/or media coverage to find one incident for each of the chosen three types of hacker threats. For each incident, you will:

1. describe the attack and the immediate result of the attack (i.e. what was the asset that was
compromised?)

2. describe the motivation behind the attack

3. identify and describe the vulnerability (or vulnerabilities) in the organisation that made the attack possible

4. describe the short-term and long-term impact (financial, reputational or otherwise) of the attack on the organisation

5. describe the responses from the affected organisation and society as a whole.

Reflect on all the incidents, and critically discuss the factors that make the prevention of cyber-attack challenging.

The incidents should meet the following criteria:

• The attack must be a cyber-attack.
• The attack was within the last ten years.

Your report should include the following for assignment help

Title page: It should include subject code and name, assessment number, report title, assessment due date, word count (actual), student name, student ID, Torrens email address, campus learning facilitator, and subject coordinator.

Table of Contents (ToC): It should list the report topics using decimal notation. It needs to include the main headings and subheadings with corresponding page numbers, using a format that makes the hierarchy of topics clear. Because you are including a ToC, the report pages should be numbered in the footer as follows: the title page has no page number, and the main text should have Arabic numerals commencing at 1. Create the ToC using Microsoft Word’s ToC auto-generator rather than manually typing out the ToC. Instructions can be found here https://support.office.com/en-
gb/article/Create- a-table-of-contents-or-update-a-table-of-contents-eb275189-b93e-4559-8dd9-c279457bfd72#__create_a_table.

Introduction (90-110 words): It needs to provide a concise overview of the problem you have been asked to research, the main aims/purpose of the report, the objectives to be achieved by writing the report and how you investigated the problem. Provide an outline of the sections of the report.

Body of the report (use appropriate headings in the body of the report) (1170-1430 words): Ensure that you address the tasks listed above. Do NOT use generic words such as ‘Body, Body of the Report, Tasks’ as section headings. Create meaningful headings and subheadings that reflect the topic and content of your report.

The body of your report should have the following structure:

2.0 Hacker threat 1
2.1 Description of the incident (approximately 80 words)
2.2 Motivation (approximately 50 words)
2.3 Vulnerabilities (approximately 80 words)
2.4 Short-term and long-term impact (approximately 70 words)
2.5 Responses (approximately 70 words)
3.0 Hacker threat 2
3.1 Description of the incident (approximately 80 words)
3.2 Motivation (approximately 50 words)
3.3 Vulnerabilities (approximately 80 words)
3.4 Short-term and long-term impact (approximately 70 words)
3.5 Responses (approximately 70 words)
4.0 Hacker threat 3
4.1 Description of the incident (approximately 80 words)
4.2 Motivation (approximately 50 words)
4.3 Vulnerabilities (approximately 80 words)
4.4 Short-term and long-term impact (approximately 70 words)
4.5 Responses (approximately 70 words)
5.0 Factors that make the prevention of cyber-attack challenging (approximately 250 words)
Conclusion (90-110 words): Restate the purpose of the report and key issues investigated, and the related findings based on your research and analysis.

Solution

Introduction

Cyberattacks become a common threat not only for personal data security but also for government and organizational information protection. It could be considered as an assault of cybercriminals to steal data, disable computers, breaks the networks, or use a breached computer system to commit vulnerable additional attacks. The rate of cybercrime and cyberattacks are increasing day by the day and becoming a major concern to cybersecurity experts globally [Referred to appendix]

Aim

This report aims at selecting three incidents that come under different kinds of cyber-attacks and provide a brief description of their vulnerability and impact.

Objectives

? To find out the cyberattacks that occurred in the last 10 years
? To evaluate the motivation and vulnerabilities of cyber attacks
? To estimate the short-term and long-term impact of a cyberattack
? To explore the response of those cyber attacks

Body of the report

2.0 Hacktivist

2.1 Description of the incident

Scott Morrison, the Prime Minister of Australia has stated that the Australian government and institutions become the major target of being hacked by sophisticated state-based cyber hackers. It has been found that hacking attacks are happening several times and it is increasing. In fact, Prime Minister has refused to identify ant state actors. According to his opinion, government institutes, political organizations, Australian industry, educational institutes, health services in Australia, essential service providers, along with operators of several important critical infrastructures are the major target of these attacks (Bbc.com, 2020).

2.2 Motivation

The motivation behind this kind of attack is to steal government data and breach it so that political and social agendas could be fulfilled by attackers. However, the actual motivation behind this track is not specified by Mr. Morrison (9 news.com.au, 2020).

2.3 Vulnerabilities

It is easy for attackers to utilize government data in order to influence common people to motivate them against political leaders. It could be political and social activism that could breach the government data and manipulate them.

2.4 Short-term and long-term impact

Short term impact of this cyber-attack could be deleting important information or disclosing any confidential government data so that reflects directly over the impression of the Australian government. In case of long-term impact, the misuse of data to defame the Australian government in front of the world or positing any illicit or illegal content to influence people against their political leader could have occurred.

2.5 Responses

The Australian government has strengthened its cybersecurity and recruited more efficient cyber experts to prevent those attacks. In fact, the prime mister has suggested improving technical defenses, especially for emergency service providers and health infrastructure (Bbc.com, 2020). Proper awareness in the public mind reading this kind of attack is the most effective response from the end of the Australian government.

3.0 Espionage

3.1 Description of the incident

In 2016, President Trump had hired a political data firm namely Cambridge Analytica for their election campaign. The purpose of this operation was to gain access to the private information and data shared by 50 million Facebook users (Granville, 2018). In this respect, the users were asked to proceed with a personal survey in which they needed to download and installed an application that has scrapped their own private pieces of information along with available friends in their friend lists so that their political overviews and information could be generated. However, this attack was made for the welfare of the government and no data breaching of Facebook users had occurred.

3.2 Motivation

The actual motivation behind this operation was not to breach or misuse any private information of users of Facebook. It was conducted for political motivation towards the election campaign. The main aspect of this operation was to identify the personalities and political behavior of American voters so that the election campaign could proceed accordingly.

3.3 Vulnerabilities

The activity of Cambridge Analytica was vulnerable for Facebook users as Facebook prohibits data selling or data transferring to any service (Granville, 2018). In this respect, the data are used to influence political behavior and overview of American voters hence it is a vulnerable practice.

3.4 Short-term and long-term impact

The short-term impact of this kind of hacking of user profiles in Facebook could be immense as it collected the personal data of users to influence their political views. The overall election process needed to be fair and impartial enough so it could be stated as malpractice. In case of long-term impact, the users cannot rely on or trust Facebook and raise questions over the security arrangements of this application.

3.5 Responses

Increasing the security service along with protection of accounts needed to be done by Facebook. Raising awareness not to download any kind of application or participate in any survey could be effective to protect these kinds of cyberattacks. In this respect protection of user accounts could be a major concern as it contains personal photos of users which might be used for any misconduct.

4.0 Cyberwar

4.1 Description of the incident

In 2017, 3 billion Yahoo accounts have been hacked and could be stated as the biggest theft and largest data breach in history (Stempel & Finkle, 2017). In 2013, Yahoo had compromised 1 minion of user accounts and Yahoo become forced to cut down their assets price in a sale to Verizon. Yahoo has stated that all of their user's accounts could be affected but they assured that stolen information could not consist of payment data, information of bank account, or passwords in cleartext (Theguardian.com, 2017). The major concerning factors are that that information is protected through easy-to-encryption that is outdated.

4.2 Motivation

The motivation behind this hacking could be stated as defaming Yahoo for its low-category security arrangements. Another major motivation for information stealing is to use those information details for wrong purposes, terrorism, or defaming popular personalities using Yahoo.

4.3 Vulnerabilities

Yahoo accounts are vulnerable to being exposed due to its outdated security protection arrangements. Due to these two huge cyberattacks occurring in this internet company, Verizon has made their offer lower by 350 million US dollars for yahoo assets (Stempel & Finkle, 2017).

4.4 Short-term and long-term impact

In case of short-term impact, the accounts of users might be used for the wrong intention, promoting terrorism, or conducting monetary breaching through bank account details. The long-term impact of this cyberwar is that these attacks might defame the security activity of Yahoo hence the number of users of Yahoo accounts would be reduced hence it could impact the revenue generation.

4.5 Responses

Yahoo has increased its security in the data protection of users in order to maintain cybersecurity. They have hired experts so that the security of user accounts could be protected so that no data could be accessed to proceed with any kind of misconduct.
5.0 Factors that make the prevention of cyber-attack challenging

Safeguarding IoT Devices

Safeguarding IoT devices is one of the major challenges that affect the prevention procedure of cyberattacks. It is true that IoT devices are easy to access through the internet and that is the major chance undertaken by cybercriminals (Zhang et al., 2020). Maintaining safety in IoT devices becomes a major challenge for cyber experts as these devices are interconnected and getting access to one device, all of the connected devices are accessible. In the case of government data, the IoT device's safeguarding process is the major barrier.

Figure 1: Factors that make the prevention of cyber-attack challenging
(Source: Created by Learner)

Outdated Security Service

Outdated security service is one of the major barriers to preventing cyberattacks. It is true that nowadays technologies are advanced and lack of scope to update security services in websites could be effective to prevent cyberattacks. According to Lezzi, Lazoi& Corallo (2018), outdated security services are easy to encrypt and that makes hackers access easily targeted devices or websites. However, a lack of updated security service could be considered a major challenge for cyber security experts.

Outdated Hardware

In order to increase the security of software, the developers often proceed with updating their software to enhance their security practice to protect stored data. However, continuous updates of software might not be supported by old devices hence the hardware needed to be updated soon (Mashiane &Kritzinger, 2021). The major challenge has been faced while the updated software could not be supported in a backdated device version or model. However, it could be stated as a major factor for challenging the prevention of cyberattacks.

Conclusion

It could be concluded from the above discussion that cybercrimes becoming a major concern in both developed and developing countries to access the information that could be vulnerable for individuals, groups, or the whole nation. Hacktivists, espionage, and cyberwar are three major cyberattacks among cybercrime. These attacks are affecting not only personal data but also organizational aspects. The vulnerabilities and impacts of these attacks are prolonged and wide that could defame individuals or organizations, or even the whole country. However, raising awareness among people and indulging in proper response is crucial to prevent these cyberattacks by increasing security services from the end of the country, organizations, along individuals.
 

Reference

9 news.com.au, (2020). 'Sophisticated state-based' cyber attack hits Australian government, businesses in major breach. https://www.9news.com.au/national/cyber-attack-australia-scott-morrison-government-private-sector-breach-of-security/e621ae47-f810-4fa7-9c11-3caa3b09f4dc

Bbc.com, (2020). Australia cyber attacks: PM Morrison warns of 'sophisticated' state hack. Retrieved from https://www.bbc.com/news/world-australia-46096768

Granville, K. (2018). Facebook and Cambridge Analytica: What you need to know as fallout widens. The New York Times. Retrieved from https://www.nytimes.com/2018/03/19/technology/facebook-cambridge-analyticaexplained.html

Lezzi, M., Lazoi, M., & Corallo, A. (2018). Cybersecurity for Industry 4.0 in the current literature: A reference framework. Computers in Industry, 103, 97-110. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0166361518303658

Mashiane, T., &Kritzinger, E. (2021). Identifying behavioral constructs in relation to user cybersecurity behavior. Eurasian Journal of Social Sciences, 9(2), 98-122. https://eurasianpublications.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/EJSS-4.2.4.1.pdf

Stempel, J. & Finkle, J. (2017). Yahoo says all three billion accounts hacked in 2013 data theft. Reuters. Retrieved from https://www.reuters.com/article/us-yahoo-cyber/yahoo-says-allthree-billion-accounts-hacked-in-2013-data-theft-idUSKCN1C82O1

Theguardian.com, 2017. Yahoo says all of its 3bn accounts were affected by 2013 hacking. https://www.theguardian.com/technology/2017/oct/03/yahoo-says-all-of-its-3bn-accounts-were-affected-by-2013-hacking

Zhang, J., Li, G., Marshall, A., Hu, A., & Hanzo, L. (2020). A new frontier for IoT security emerging from three decades of key generation relying on wireless channels. IEEE Access, 8, 138406-138446. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/document/9149584/

COIT11226 System Analysis Assignment Sample

Due date: Week 12 Friday (7 October 2022) 11:00am AEST
Weighting: 40%

Length: 1,200 to 1,300 words (word count includes all contents except the cover title page, table of contents, figures, and references)

Required Tasks in This Assignment Help

Assuming that the waterfall model has been chosen for implementing the new system to replace the current system. Also assuming that some programs have been written and are ready, whereas some other programs are not yet ready at the current stage of development. Complete the following tasks and document your work in your submission:

1. Testing:

a. Among unit testing, system testing, and user acceptance testing, discuss and explain which of them is/are applicable at the current stage of development.

b. Suppose the project team wants to apply white-box testing to generate test cases for testing the new system. Discuss and explain the feasibility of applying white-box testing to test the new system.

c. “Assume” that white-box testing is feasible, and it has been applied to generate test cases, do you think that the project team still needs to apply black-box testing to generate additional test cases for further testing? Why?

2. Discuss the merits and drawbacks of applying random testing to test the new system.

3. In view of the business operations of CNP, which system installation approach should be used to replace the existing system by the new system? Why? (Note: In this task, you are notallowed to select two or more installation approaches. Students who select more than one
installation approach will receive zero mark for this task.)

Solution

TESTING

a. Assuming that the waterfall model has been chosen in the Computer No Problem for implementing the new system to replace the current system. Also, assuming that some programs have been written and are ready, whereas some other programs are not yet ready at the current stage of development.

? Unit testing- It is a sort of software testing method which is achieved on a single entity, unit or module in test its modifications. This testing phase is often carried out by the developers throughout the request's expansion. Each of the unit of testing may be assumed of as a method, service, process, or object (Testim 2022). In short, this testing method tests each program individually and does not connect any other ones with it.

• The common testing methods that it uses are-
• Gorilla testing
• White box testing (Vijay 2018).

? Integration testing - software testing, the term "integration testing" refers to the practise of evaluating a programme as a whole, as opposed to its individual parts. Finding issues with module-to-module interactions, communications, and data flows is the primary goal of interoperability testing. When integrating components or sets of units into a system, either a top-down or bottom-up strategy may be used (Vijay 2018).

? System testing- the last one is system testing as it's name suggests it is referred to the software testing method of the entire system at once. System testing is a kind of testing where the entire system is examined and compared to a set of predetermined criteria (Vijay 2018).
As per the case scenario of Computer No Problem, the project follows waterfall methodology i.e. a step by step process of SDLC. Project is in the middle of development and there are still programs left to be developed and only a few have been developed, which means that it is in Integrated testing phase, where the developed programs can be integrated and tested together for the proper functioning and analysis, however it can not be in system testing because there are still undeveloped programs left, without which system can control be made and tested.

Figure 1: Testing of software
(Source: AUBERT 2020)

b. To ensure proper input-output flow in the Computer No Problem Project, enhance usefulness, and strengthen security, White Box Testing examines the software's internal structure, architecture, and code. White box testing is also known as Clear box testing, Open box testing, Transparent box testing, Code-based testing, and Glass box testing since the code is exposed to the testers. A white-box test case involves running a piece of software with known input parameters to verify known output values (ReQtest 2022). If these numbers don't add up, it's a problem. This is a theme across the whole of the program.

Figure 2: white box testing
(Source: Lemaprod 2018)

The feasibility that this technique to generate test case for testing new system are -

• Transparency- Since everything is laid out for the tester to see, they can thoroughly examine the whole structure and code base, allowing for prolonged testing.

• Less time to test case for testing new system- When all the software data is easily accessible, the tester can quickly comprehend the code and complete the tests, but huge applications without complex models might take weeks or months to test (Packetlabs 2021).

• Easy Automation of test case- Many technologies exist to facilitate automation of the test cases, therefore significantly shortens the time required to complete them.

• Detects risks and optimises code- It is useful for finding undetected bugs and removing unnecessary code. Due to the abundance of data, it should be possible to spot vulnerabilities and problems in the software (Hamilton 2020).

Figure 3: feasibility of whit box testing
(Source: Author 2022)

c. As the project aims at replacing the current system due to key operational and UI challenges. Hence, it is necessary to evaluate the end user structure of the system or the outer structure which will be presented to the user, it can evaluate with the help of Black box testing.
Black Box Testing is referred to the testing approach in the project of Computer No Problem, which does not take into account the internal structure, concept, or product implementation of the product being evaluated. In other terms, the person performing the test is unaware of its internal workings. The Black Box is focused on simply assessing the system's exterior behaviour. The program's inputs are analyzed, as are the outputs or reactions it generates (Practitest 2021).
Even after conducting thee white box testing in the Computer No Problem, it is necessary to implement the Black Box testing approach because of the reasons mentioned below-

? Black box testing examines a system end-to-end. A tester may replicate user behaviour to evaluate whether a system delivers on it's own claims, just like end-users don't care how a system is developed or designed. A black box test assesses UI/UX, web/application server, database, connections, and system integration (Imperva 2020).

? Black box testing can be used to check how certain parts or operations of the source code being tested work.

? Using the regression technique, it is possible to see if a new version of the application shows a transformation, or a loss of features from the previous version.

? Testers can simply split the independent variables in the division of groups, or panels, and appraise only one exemplar input from each group (Imperva 2020).

? With this method, one look for mistakes that development teams often make when structure similar plans. For example, developers as well as the test performers can check to see how the programmer dealt null values in a field, values of the arithmetic field or data points in a text-only field, and cleansing of input data, or if a user can enter source codes, which is important for security (Imperva 2020).
 
1. MERITS AND DRAWBACKS OF APPLYING RANDOM TESTING

Random testing is a kind of testing process of software in which the computer is examined using randomized and unbiased inputs & test cases. Monkey testing is another term for random testing. It is a black box evaluation framework approach wherein the tests are picked at random and the outcomes are evaluated using some software identifying to determine if the output is accurate or erroneous.

Table 1: merits and demerits of random testing

2. System Installation Approach

In the installation of Computer No Problem, for function of sales and purchasing as well as maintaining the records, it is necessary to look for the good system installation approach as it is a one time investment and it should not be further create problem. In order to look for the new system into the company, the company is going with the Web - based installation approach, that means each and every component will be operated though the web services and CRM system will be installed. Along with that, in order to maintain the data of the company, cloud infrastructure is installed and databased management system will be utilised.

REFERENCES

Testim (2022). What Is the Software Testing Life Cycle? A Complete Guide. [online] AI-driven E2E automation with code-like flexibility for your most resilient tests. Available at: https://www.testim.io/blog/software-testing-life-cycle/ [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].

Vijay, K. (2018). Types of Software Testing: Different Testing Types with Details. [online] Software Testing. Available at: https://www.softwaretestinghelp.com/types-of-software-testing/amp/ [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].

AUBERT, A. (2020). Why Invest in Unit Testing - The Startup - Medium. [online] Medium. Available at: https://medium.com/swlh/why-invest-in-unit-testing-8f1bdc2d688e [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].

ReQtest (2022). White Box Testing - A Step by Step Guide with Example | ReQtest. [online] ReQtest. Available at: https://reqtest.com/testing-blog/white-box-testing-example/ [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].

Hamilton, T. (2020). White Box Testing – What is, Techniques, Example & Types. [online] Guru99. Available at: https://www.guru99.com/white-box-testing.html [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].

Packetlabs. (2021). White Box Testing – Pros and Cons | Packetlabs. [online] Available at: https://www.packetlabs.net/posts/white-box-penetration-testing/#:~:text=The%20advantages%20of%20white%20box%20testing%3A&text=The%20test%20cases%20can%20be,code%20and%20identify%20hidden%20errors [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].
Lemaprod. (2018). white box software engineering - shop04004.lemaprod.com. [online] Available at: https://shop04004.lemaprod.com/category?name=white%20box%20software%20engineering [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].

Practitest. (2021). Black Box Vs White Box Testing. [online] Available at: https://www.practitest.com/qa-learningcenter/resources/black-box-vs-white-box-testing/ [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].

Imperva. (2020). What is Black Box Testing | Techniques & Examples | Imperva. [online] Available at: https://www.imperva.com/learn/application-security/black-box-testing/ [Accessed 3 Oct. 2022].

MIS611 Information System Capstone Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Group (five people)
Length Part A—Report (3,500 words +/–10%)
Learning Outcomes The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Analyse relevant industry challenges to support the development of IS solutions for addressing specific organisational problems.

b) Produce the appropriate documentation to provide evidence of project progress with project stakeholders.

c) Integrate professional and SMART skills to complete individual and team tasks in collaboration with team members to develop a robust solution that meets stakeholder needs.

d) Demonstrate professional skills to complete individual and team tasks Communicate progress and solutions to the client/representative and non-specialists and adjust according to feedback.

Submission Due by 11.55 pm AEST/AEDT, Sunday, end of Module 6.1 (Week 11)

Weighting 20%

Total Marks 100 Marks

Assessment Task for Assignment Help

In this assessment, you will finalise your report and recommendations to your client/organisation. You will incorporate all feedback provided by your lecturer throughout the trimester, including additional research or content to be completed. The final report must be structured as per the guidelines detailed in these assessment instructions. Note, you are producing an industry-level final report, not resubmitting your previous assessments.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Format of the report

The report should use 11-point Arial or Calibri font, be 1.5–line spaced for ease of reading and display page numbers at the bottom of each page. If diagrams or tables are used, attention should be given to pagination to avoid the loss of meaning and continuity by unnecessarily splitting information over two pages. Any diagrams must be appropriately captioned.

Solution

Introduction

This report is conducted to define the major issues of Giverly’s current shopping platform. The customers of Giverly are facing issues while they make orders. They also get issues to individualize and make orders. Due to these issues, Giverly’s customer base came in danger and its overall sales get reduced. Giverly wants a permanent and robust solution against such issues This report aims to analyze the overall system needs, stakeholder requirements, and customer demands so, that an appropriate solution can be proposed. This report is mainly a roadmap of new planned shopping platform of Giverly so, that previous platform issues can be resolved and customers' expectations can be maintained. This report covers the stakeholder details, customer feedback & perceptions, brief research to implement the system, stakeholder needs, problems associated with new system, UX/UI elements for planned system, cyber-security considerations, prototypes, testing, and communication plan to deliver the project.

Purpose

The goal of this project is to implement a greater-designed shopping platform for Giverly so, that its customers can effectively make orders of Giverly goods as well as services on individual level. Based on this goal, the purpose of this report is to design a roadmap so, that client can analyze the scope of project and ensure everything is in right place. This report will provide an idea of how will be the project implemented including all-possible details such as stakeholder details, its user interface designs, customer needs, possible issues/problems, overall testing, etc.

Background

Giverly is an online retail company that a customer can use for shopping all-kind of products in a single system. Giverly has a large customer base as it offers multiple products with high quality, 24x7 availability, and cost suitability. The delivery facilities are also free for most of the shopping in Giverly. The customers are well satisfied with Giverly’s performance and online shopping facilities but for last 2-3 months, customers are complaining to have issues with its system while making orders (Giverly, 2022). They have also restricted to individualized orders of the products. Due to this issue, Giverly is planning to implement a new system so, that customers can easily access and make orders on that. This planned project is almost ready to be implemented as its overall planning is done including stakeholders, customer needs, resources, problems, security considerations, interface designs, and testing. Now, this time, a complete roadmap and information related to proposed Giverly platform are presented.

Scope

a) Goals and Objectives

Goal

To implement a greater-designed shopping platform for Giverly so, that its customers can effectively make orders of Giverly goods as well as services on individual level.

Objectives

• To measure the potential issues of Giverly’s shopping platform.
• To gather and understand the needs of customers to design new shopping platform.
• To develop a customer-driven Giverly shopping platform.

b) Exclusions

• The difficulties to design Giverly’s shopping platform for marketing and sales.
• The unsafe & risk-oriented resources, applications, as well as activities.
• Access of Giverly data to all-associated project members.

c) Constraints

• The participation of sales team is not approachable/active in developing this shopping platform project because of their busy schedule.

• To get customer requirements/feedback, additional time is needed.

• The development time estimation for this Giverly shopping platform is six months which can influence current customers & Giverly’s overall sales.

d) Assumptions

• Due to any new demands raised by customers, additional time requirements for research, and other changes due to market changes, the budget can be increased.
• During project implementation phase, security-based risks can occur (Giverly, 2022).

e) Deliverables

• A roadmap for Gierly’s new shopping platform.
• The user interface designs of the shopping platform.
• A customer-driven platform.

Stakeholders

(Smith, 2000)

The stakeholders that should be managed by Giverly organization are their sales team, employees, customers, and HR team. It is also necessary that they should adopt provided recommendations if they seem it will be worthy for them otherwise, they can give their suggestion, and then overall decision can be made to satisfy them and to make the system successful.

Customer Persona

Persona1

(Duda, 2018)

Persona2

(Duda, 2018)

Empathy Maps

(Melo, et.al., 202)

(Cairns, et.al., 2021)

Research

By researching both customer personas, it can be stated that they are particularly satisfied with Giverly’s shopping platform. They are using this platform largely to make any kind of orders because Giverly offers a number of orders including fashion, hotel, grocery, travel, technology, and entertainment at their single sales platform. The customers want to use this system as they found it convenient and secure. But they are facing issues related to making individual orders from this system due to some technical or other errors (Giverly, 2022). When they make orders, their order-making process is stuck in the middle and the details of orders are also inaccessible to them. Therefore, they have similar kinds of objections to using this application/system due to the order-making issues and lack of individualized ordering features. Both customers are well-educated and working in relevant positions. One customer is married woman and another customer is single male. Both are dependent upon Giverly’s platform to make most secure and fast delivery but in last few months, they are facing order-making troubles.

Therefore, they have objections to using this Giverly platform and seeking new alternatives to make orders. They found Goverly’s current platform unresponsive, time-consuming, and unapproachable. They have fears to got stuck while making orders and due to absence of notification, their order will be unconfirmed which can waste their time.

Stakeholder Requirements

To define the requirements of key stakeholders, simple method i.e. MoSCoW is used.

(Sharma, 2022)

Customer Journey Map

Figure 1: Journey map
(Source: Author)

Problem Statement

In Giverly, the stakeholders are facing issues to fix the fault of order-making process in their online shopping platform. The order-making process also faults that it does not allow the customers to individualize and make orders. The process of order-making is stuck in middle and it takes longer time to execute. The sales team and other employees identified this issue and informed the system developer (Giverly, 2022). The Giverly system is not responding to the customer’s approach and it became complex to address that issue. Thus, the major problem of Giverly belongs to their sales platform where order-making process is not working properly which causes the stoppage of platform’s overall functionality.

UX/UI

By considering the problem associated with Giverly’s platform, a new system/platform is planned to develop in which user-friendly interfaces along with transparent functionalities will be designed which effectively regulate the order-making process and individual order-making as well. The UX/UI design will be done with a very simple and visualized format so, that customers can understand and access each feature easily. The UX/UI design’s layout will be designed in such a way, that different categorized products are arranged in a systematic series so, that customers can easily reach them. The associated details will also keep in layout. Each notification will be visualized to customers and they can also put their items in their wish-list, favorites, and shopping cart for later shopping. Interactive interface, navigation bars, and menu items will be designed with proper image specification so, that customers can conveniently approach everything they want (Ho, 2021).

Accessibility Requirements

To make Giverly’s current platform highly accessible by forming it operable, perceivable, robust, and understandable. Therefore, to ensure these factors for proposed Giverly shopping platform, the accessibility requirements are maintained by keeping the balanced contrast ratio, labeling the layouts clearly, keeping consistent navigation, and keeping simple headings. Subheadings, & spacing, giving user control, designing different categories, views, and screens, not relying on colors, providing feedback for omissions & errors, and offering alternatives specifically for consuming media (DBS, 2022).

Cyber-Scurity Requirements

To resolve the issues of current Giverly shopping platform, a new system is planned and proposed so, that the order-making issues can be removed completely and a new version of Giverly platform satisfied customer needs. As discussed, due to this order-making issue, the customers are in fear of security risks. Thus, to maintain and ensure the security in new updated version of Giverly platform, security technologies and models will be implemented. Customers are needed security environment while dealing with this new application so, the whole system will be implemented by concerning the sensitive security considerations and providing automatic saving features in case of any disruptions. Other security considerations that will be implemented in this Giverly system are-

• User authentication
• Data authentication
• Cloud infrastructure
• Payment security
• Network security
• Cybersecurity features
• Accountability, privacy, & confidentiality in engagement with system
• Limited access to customers and database security
• Encryption & decryption (Adu, et.al., 2018)

Wireframes

Figure 2: Login Page
(Source: Author)

Figure 3: Home-Page
(Source: Author)

Figure 4: CategoryPage
(Source: Author)

Test

The above-specified prototypes are clearly showing how customer will be getting their new Giverly shopping platform. This new version of platform will help the customers to provide the overall shopping of all-possible products in a single system. These prototypes are designed with a user-friendly format in which the users are allowed to visualize, access, and save the products. Security is highly considered so, that each customer can rely on Giverly shopping platform without compromising their privacy and confidentiality. Each layout is designed in an effective manner and simplicity is maintained so, that customers can conveniently use the application to search, order, and cancel their needed products.

The first prototype is a simple login page in which the user can login after registering on the application. The login page is very simple and easy to understand without any additional animation or unnecessary images. Another page is home page where user can easily see the layouts i.e. menu, history, and update. The layout “menu”, is categorized into different shopping formats with different products. Customers can scroll down the categories and select particular categories of products. On history page, the customers are allowed to access the details of their previous orders, canceled orders, confirmed orders, payment details, etc. Another layout is update layout in which customers can easily update their payment-related details like bank details, phone number, address, login credentials, and many more. Therefore, they are also allowed to add the products to cart and wish-list. Consequently, another page is category page that is designed as an example to show if a customer will search for a particular product like sports watch then a list of latest & trendy sports watch will be categorized. The customer can click on particular watch and see overall details. After being satisfied with details and prices, they can make orders with free delivery facilities. Hence, customers’ order-making issues are completely solved with new version of Giverly platform. At last, the project needs to be updated time-to-time for further use.

As mentioned in above section, the proposed Giverly platform will provide effective, clear, straightforward, and convenient ways to make orders as per customers’ needs. The older version of Giverly’s platform was unable to make orders conveniently. Due to some technical or software issues, the platform stuck in the middle of order-making process which became a failure of Giverly’s online shopping system. Thus, the management team has decided to implement a new system so, that customer needs can be fulfilled quickly because customers want to use Giverly platform because it is secure and have all-possible products in single system (Giverly, 2022). The proposed solution i.e. new Giverly shopping system and this new system is highly user-friendly, secure, and convenient to make orders. Customers can directly search for a product and categorized order layouts will be helpful for them to approach needful products. They can also access the details of each product so, that they can confirm that order and add in wish-list for later purchases.

Communication Plan

This is very simple for Giverly to deliver this new solution to their large customers because Giverly has large customer base. Giverly customers are eagerly waiting to have a solution because they trust Giverly’s products, security, and service facilities. The solution will take a significant time to be implemented completely till then Giverly advertises this solution and promotes its new features using social media platforms, and its organizational website, and directly communicate with customers when they come to Giverly’s shopping centers. In addition, a survey can also be conducted to get the customer’s response on newly proposed solution.

To deliver the proposed solution to the customer, Giverly can use visual engagement tools like video chat so, that they can get aware of this system. By giving the access link or application on social media platforms and official websites, the customers can get the system on their devices. Customer metrics & chatbots are other communication alternatives to inform the customers about newly launched Giverly system (Patel, 2022).

Recommendations

With an overall experience of this Giverly project, it has been analyzed that the scope of project is very vast and profitable from the business perspective. The customers are also well satisfied with the newly-proposed system’s standards. The main issue for which, Giverly and its customers are facing issues is completely resolved by implementing new system. The previous platform had an issue with making the orders and it restricted the customers to make individualized orders. Based on the issue, Giverly’s management team has decided to implement a completely new project in which the issue will be sorted out and customers’ needs will be prioritized (Giverly, 2022). To ensure the project’s success, stakeholders are finalized to develop the system as per their interest and impact levels. The customer’s responses are also taken so, that previous mistakes can be improved and customer’s needs can be fulfilled. Giverly should understand the customers deeply and try to establish their perceptions using customer personas, empathy maps, and customer journey maps, The MoSCoW method is also supportive for Giverly to interpret the project accordingly.

Consequently, the problem statement is clearly articulated so, that relevant solutions can be planned. Based on the solution, potential UX/UI designs are proposed in which user-friendly environment, security considerations, easy order-making functionalities, and easy accessibility. However, the cyber-security considerations are well-planned using network security, encryption, decryption, and many more methods. The prototypes are designed as per mentioned solutions that customers will find more suitable to make individualized orders with other features. The testing done in this report is also ensuring that the proposed project will be highly successful.

With this new project, Giverly will get new opportunities to do business and earn trust of their customers. It will result in high productivity and future stability of Giverly. In future, based on the customer’s responses the planned project will be implemented and delivered (Zakharenkov, 2019). Consequently, its timely security and upgradation will be monitored and done so, that best online system can be provided for customer’s usability.

Referencing

Adu, M. D., Malabu, U. H., Callander, E. J., Malau-Aduli, A. E., & Malau-Aduli, B. S. (2018). Considerations for the development of mobile phone apps to support diabetes self-management: systematic review. JMIR mHealth and uHealth, 6(6), e10115. https://doi.org/10.2196/10115

Cairns, P., Pinker, I., Ward, A., Watson, E., & Laidlaw, A. (2021). Empathy maps in communication skills training. The clinical teacher, 18(2), 142-146. 10.1111/tct.13270

DBS, (2022). 10 Examples of ADA Compliant Accessible Web Design, Retrieved 25 November 2022, from https://www.dbswebsite.com/blog/ada-compliance-starts-with-accessible-design/

Duda, S. (2018). Personas—who owns them. In Omnichannel Branding (pp. 173-191). Springer Gabler, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21450-0_8
Giverly. (2022). Home Page of Giverly. Giverly. https://giverly.co/

Ho, B. (2021). UX/UI design for Memoa–a flashcard application. https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/496733/Bao%20Ho%20-%20Thesis.pdf?sequence=2

Melo, Á. H. D. S., Rivero, L., Santos, J. S. D., & Barreto, R. D. S. (2020, October). EmpathyAut: an empathy map for people with autism. In Proceedings of the 19th Brazilian Symposium on Human Factors in Computing Systems (pp. 1-6). https://doi.org/10.1145/3424953.3426650

Patel, S., (2022). Communication, Reve Chat, Retrieved 25 November 2022, from https://www.revechat.com/blog/effective-customer-service-communication/

Sharma, N., (2022). Master user requirements with MoSCoW prioritization Model, Stories on Board, Retrieved 26 November 2022, from https://storiesonboard.com/blog/moscow-prioritization-model

Smith, L.W. (2000). Stakeholder analysis: a pivotal practice of successful projects. PMI, Retrieved 26 November 2022, from https://www.pmi.org/learning/library/stakeholder-analysis-pivotal-practice-projects-8905

Zakharenkov, R. (2019). DevOps in E-commerce software development: Demand for Containerization. https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/171099/Zakharenkov_Roman.pdf?edf

MIS610 Advanced Professional Practice Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 1500 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes - The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Investigate and reflect on the role of a Business Analyst (or chosen career path) in the contemporary business environment and society more broadly.

b) Cultivate an understanding of who the student is as a professional and what their impact should be to the enterprise, taking into consideration global ethical viewpoints.

Assessment Task

Write a 1500 words Ethics Project Report for an ethical dilemma scenario provided and make a professional decision by analysing it from a range of ethical perspectives with the aim of understanding:

a) how ethics is part of your day-to-day professional practice, and
b) how your current thinking about ethical issues influences your professional practice.
Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions for best assignment help

1. Read the MIS610 Ethical Dilemma that will be in the Ethics Case Study that will be provided in class in Week 3.

2. Reflect upon the incident discussed in the ethical dilemma scenario provided.

3. Write a 1500 words report that comprise of:

• A short description of the workplace event. That is your interpretation of the ethical dilemma (200 words).

• A reflection on how you would decide in response to the ethical dilemma (800 words).

The following questions need to be considered in your answer:

What do you think is the issue in this situation?

What would your response be to this issue?

Justify your answer – why would you respond in this way?

What laws, ethical codes, or personal ethical stance apply to the situation?

Why would you choose one action rather than another?

In what ways do you think your own cultural background influenced the way you would answer this situation?

• Identify two ethical frameworks or approaches (chosen from the the frameworks and approaches discussed in class), that could have helped you with your ethical decision.

• Discuss how the frameworks might have helped you reach the same decision or a different decision as you identified above. This should include reference to two relevant reliable sources that are not part of the subject resources (500 words).

The following questions will help your reflection:

What ethical framework (if any) did you use in reaching your original decision?

How do the ethical frameworks you have chosen apply to the situation?

How does a line of ethical reasoning arrive at your original decision?

How does a line of ethical reasoning arrive at a different decision?

• You need to identify and apply the two frameworks, not describe them. Descriptions of the frameworks can be found in Module 3.1 (Utilitarian approach, Rights approach, Justice approach, Common Good approach, Virtue approach, and Egoism). Additional ethics case studies will be reviewed in class.

4. You are strongly advised to read the rubric which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading yourassignment. This will give you a clear picture of what a successful report looks like.

Solution

Description of Ethical Dilemma at Volkswagen

In September 2015, it was found out by the Environmental Protection Agency of the US that Volkswagen had installed a defeat device or software in its 11 million vehicles across the world for cheating emissions test (Pladson, 2020). It was discovered that this software enabled the vehicles to detect emissions test scenarios and accordingly change their performance for improving the results. These irregularities in tests for measuring emission levels of carbon dioxide were also detected in around 800,000 cars in Europe along with petrol vehicles (Hotten, 2020). This shows that the emissions scandal generated a huge impact in the entire automotive industry of the world. The Volkswagen scandal demonstrated a number of issues in the company culture. This is a perfect example of failure of corporate governance of the company with ineffective leadership that led to such unethical actions (Crête, 2016). It was found out that the VW engineers were unable to meet the emission standards with the given time and allocated budget, thereby pointing out to the pressure given from top executives. In addition, it also portrays the presence of a faulty corporate culture that focuses only on outcomes and ignores how employees perform their tasks.

Response to Ethical Dilemma

The Volkswagen emission scandal pointed out various internal issues present within the organization that prompted the employees to act in such a way with the knowledge of their top leaders. The fundamental issue here is the lack of proper company culture with strict codes of ethics and regulations that shape behaviors of both managers and employees. The corporate culture of VW focused on gaining the desired outcomes of passing the US emissions tests (Arora, 2017). The managers completely ignored the fact how such performance would be generated from the employees without having any ethical considerations of the same. Furthermore, the reward system of the company involves paying bonuses based on individual and team performance and productivity, which is applied to all levels of management throughout the organization (Mansouri, 2016). This might have motivated the engineers in rigging the emissions tests for meeting the unrealistic goals set by the top leaders. Besides, the boardroom controls and peculiar corporate culture resulted in this unethical action, which further demonstrated the lack of proper corporate governance and leadership in the company (Bryant & Milne, 2015). Thus, these issues were evident from the emissions scandal of Volkswagen pointing out to its ineffective company culture, leadership, governance and ethics.

The foremost response to this issue would be to improve the company culture in Volkswagen, which is the primary reason for such unethical conduct. Fostering a positive and healthy corporate culture is essential for survival and success of any organization. VW was suffering from ineffective leadership, unrealistic goals, inadequate reward system and failure of corporate governance, which all point out to its culture (Jung & Sharon, 2019). This shows that building a company culture with the help of policies, practices and people would have been beneficial for the organization. With such an ideal work environment and employees and managers being motivated and encouraged to display ethical behavior, the scandal could have been avoided (Warrick, 2017). The engineers would not have to resort to such unethical actions; instead, the company culture would have itself resulted in higher productivity, increased revenues and healthier workforce, leading to the company’s success. Here, the top executives and leaders should also have played a significant role in demonstrating ethical actions and leadership to create examples in front of managers and employees (Nelson, et al., 2020). Thus, responding in a more ethical way for passing the emissions test in the US would have been the primary focus of the organization.

From the case of VW scandal, it can be seen that the organization failed in its corporate sovereignty. It violated the US Clean Air Act, where both the State and its laws played a significant role in the later period in the different events surrounding this scandal. The International Council on Clean Technology (ICCT) discovered about the presence of defeat devices for rigging the emissions tests by undertaking independent actions (Rhodes, 2016). This helped in showing how the diesel cars of VW could have been made more environment friendly for passing the stringent US anti-emissions laws. In this regard, the automotive company not only violated these acts or laws but also their internal code of ethics available in the organization (Rhodes, 2016). Here, the engineers deliberately violated such ethical codes by installing such cheat software for passing the emissions tests in the US. This shows that managers and employees with the knowledge of their top leaders engaged in highly organized and conspiratorial efforts for defying the law, thereby disregarding corporate business ethics and harming corporate sovereignty (Rhodes, 2016). The organization resorted to great extents for admiring its own ethical values but deliberately hiding its own criminal activities. It bolstered its own sovereignty by acting above the law for increasing its corporate growth. This led to the company being held accountable for its environmental and legal transgressions, thereby questioning its corporate sovereignty.

The engineers might have faced ethical dilemma while installing the software in the vehicles for rigging the US emissions test. This unethical action was undertaken for passing the test within short time and limited budget. The excessive pressure of meeting strict deadlines and showing improved performance to get bonuses could have motivated and forced the employees to act in that way. However, lack of personal values and principles associated with ethical conduct was yet another reason that these employees resorted to such actions.

I would have chosen to act in a more ethical way without giving in to such unethical actions for gaining desired outcomes. In this regard, I would have informed my superiors and managers about how it would be impossible to pass the test in an ethical way within the stipulated time and budget. Here, cultural background would have played a significant role as it helps in shaping an individual’s principles, values, attitudes and behavior. Thus, these cultural values would have refrained me from undertaking such unethical actions.

Application of Ethical Frameworks or Approaches

Two ethical frameworks that can be used here for better understanding the VW emission scandal are Kantianism and Utilitarianism. According to Kantianism approach, the motives for corporate actions of organizations should possess a sense of duty, protect employee values and focus on undertaking moral decisions (Rendtorff, 2017). However, from the VW emission scandal, it is evident that the company made illegal and immoral choices that had negative impacts on employees, customers and general public. The engineers could not act as independent and rational agents, they had no freedom to act based on their personal judgments and their concerns were ignored for meeting the outcomes. This clearly shows that Volkswagen violated this ethical approach by treating both customers and employees as money-making commodities to increase business growth (Ameen, 2020). Furthermore, the company further opposed the principles of duty and morality for forbidding profit-based motives and rather forced the employees to defy goodwill intention. The expansion of corporate sovereignty was the main goal of VW, which motivated it to further violate moral law. This shows that basic business ethics was also ignored by the company for fulfilling its own selfish interests (Rendtorff, 2017). Besides, the company engaged in lying and fraud causing harm to different stakeholder groups by deceiving regulators and customers. This shows that it could not uphold the rights and interests of all stakeholder groups, thereby violating the deontological decisions under Kantianism. Moreover, Volkswagen’s actions were not permissible for being self-defeating and contradictory that could have generated negative results from its universal participation (Ameen, 2020). Thus, it can be said that the company resorted to unethical conduct from the Kantianism approach.

The fundamental purpose of Volkswagen for rigging the emissions test for to increase its growth and enhance shareholders’ value without considering any ethical implications. It has violated the Utilitarianism approach of producing the greatest good for the maximum number of people (Dura, 2017). This violation has been further evident from the harmful impacts caused to all stakeholders like customers, employees, general public and regulators. The emissions scandal resulted in job losses, salary deductions, revenues reduction, damaged corporate reputation, environmental pollution and stock devaluation. This shows that no greatest good was created for any of the stakeholders of the company (Ameen, 2020). VW also violated the Utilitarian principle of maximizing human good instead of only focusing on increasing profits for the company. This is evident from the fact the VW acted only on profit-motives for expanding its market share and revenues in the US by rigging the emissions tests. It did not evaluate the costs and benefits of such unethical actions, thereby harming all the stakeholders in the process. It shows that corporate and ethical policies of the company did not run in accordance with the Utilitarian ethical approach (Dura, 2017). Thus, from both the ethical frameworks, it can be said that the actions of Volkswagen were unethical and unjustified.  

References

Ameen, K. (2020). Failure of Ethical Compliance: The Case of Volkswagen. International Journal of Science and Management Studies (IJSMS), 3(1), 7-13. https://www.ijsmsjournal.org/2020/volume-3%20issue-1/ijsms-v3i1p102.pdf

Arora, J. (2017). Corporate governance: a farce at Volkswagen?. The CASE Journal, 13(6), 685-703. https://doi.org/10.1108/TCJ-09-2016-0078

Bryant, C. & Milne, R. (2015). Volkswagen’s ‘uniquely awful’ governance at fault in emissions scandal. https://www.cnbc.com/2015/10/04/volkswagens-uniquely-awful-governance-at-fault-in-emissions-scandal.html

Crête, R. (2016). The Volkswagen scandal from the viewpoint of corporate governance. European Journal of Risk Regulation, 7(1), 25-31. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1867299X0000533X

Dura, C. (2017). The Volkswagen Emissions Scandal-A Case Study on Unethical Business Practices. Annals of the University of Petrosani, Economics, 17(2), 69-78. https://www.upet.ro/annals/economics/pdf/2017/p2/Dura.pdf

Hotten, R. (2020). Volkswagen: The scandal explained. https://www.bbc.com/news/business-34324772

Jung, J. C., & Sharon, E. (2019). The Volkswagen emissions scandal and its aftermath. Global business and organizational excellence, 38(4), 6-15. https://doi.org/10.1002/joe.21930

Mansouri, N. (2016). A case study of Volkswagen unethical practice in diesel emission test. International Journal of Science and Engineering Applications, 5(4), 211-216. https://ijsea.com/archive/volume5/issue4/IJSEA05041004.pdf

Nelson, W. A., Taylor, E., & Walsh, T. (2020). Building an ethical organizational culture. The health care manager, 39(4), 168-174. https://doi.org/10.1097/HCM.0000000000000304

Pladson, K. (2020). Volkswagen scandal: Top German court rules automaker must pay 'dieselgate' compensation. https://www.dw.com/en/volkswagen-scandal-top-german-court-rules-automaker-must-pay-dieselgate-compensation/a-53556743

Rendtorff, J. D. (2017). Business ethics, philosophy of management, and theory of leadership. In Perspectives on Philosophy of Management and Business Ethics (pp. 3-16). Springer, Cham.

Rhodes, C. (2016). Democratic business ethics: Volkswagen’s emissions scandal and the disruption of corporate sovereignty. Organization Studies, 37(10), 1501-1518. https://doi.org/10.1177/0170840616641984

Warrick, D. D. (2017). What leaders need to know about organizational culture. Business Horizons, 60(3), 395-404. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bushor.2017.01.011

DATA4600 Business Analytics Project Management Assignment Sample

Word Count: 2000 Words (+/-10%)
Weighting: 40 %
Total Marks: 40

Report Structure:

Introduction: Introduce your two projects, identify similarities and differences.

Operational Project (700 words) based on operational case study:

Outline the scope of the project

Evaluate your natural leadership style and how you will use it to lead the project
Suggest a project management methodology and integrate it with the leadership style
Estimate the budget of project
Evaluate possible human resources involved, and associated factors, e.g. workstyles, training & cultural fit

• Discovery Project (700 words) based on an innovation case study of your choice:

Describe how you will assess the risk of the project using predictive project analytics (PPA)
Justify why this project should be undertaken given the PPA relating to its impact
Choose an optimal leadership style for the project
Suggest a project management methodology and integrate it with the leadership style
Estimate the budget of project, and why such an estimation may be difficult given the nature of innovation
Describe the team undertaking the project, or if not mentioned in the case study, suggest one that might be suitable and diverse
Explain how you would democratise the project across the business

• Reflection:

Write a short 200-word reflection of issues you may encounter when managing these projects.
Conclusion: (400 words max)

• Compare the two projects in terms of:

Characteristics
Project methodologies
Human resource requirements
Optimal leadership styles for both

Draw conclusions about how running these two projects would differ.

Solution

1. Introduction

There are two projects in consideration in this report – one operational project and another discovery project. The operational project in consideration is the implementation of location based analytics by Wendy’s. John Crouse of Wendy's has been working on developing this new system over the years that integrates geographic location mapping with demographic analytics (Burns 2014). The combination of the two helps Wendy’s to identify sites that are more likely to be successful for business. On the other hand, the discovery project being considered is the development of fully autonomous cars (Marr 2019). One of the largest business spearheads in the world, Elon Musk has already stated that Tesla will develop fully autonomous cars by the end of this year.

This report analyses these two projects from different perspectives and will compare the two using specific parameters for online assignments.

2. Operational Project

2.1 Project Scope

The scope of the project involves development of a fully working system that uses location based demographic analysis as a part of the business analytics process. The system integrates location intelligence tool with demographic analytics to determine specific new locations that are most likely favourable for business for Wendy’s food chain (Bartoletti et al. 2021). Despite the project being going on for several years, there are still lots of work to be done to perfect the system such that it can be used efficiently and effectively.

2.2 Natural Leadership Style

My natural leadership style is democratic leadership and I always believe that the opinions and ideas of all team members should always be considered with importance. If I am being assigned to lead this project, I will apply democratic leadership style in it as well. This will allow my fellow team members to apply and discuss their own ideas and inputs that I will consider before making final decisions on the project. I will conduct regular team meetings to listen to the team members’ ideas so that different perspectives can be considered while moving forward in the project.

2.3 Project Management Methodology

The most appropriate methodology for the project is Agile method. This project involves a new type of technology that combines two other different technologies to create a system that will perform different functions for the business. As such, using Waterfall method will not be suitable as the focus on quality will not be sufficient. The iterative approach in Agile means constant improvement will be made while the system is being developed throughout the project lifecycle (Huang et al. 2021). Moreover, democratic leadership style will also be suitable for this project management methodology as inputs from the team members will be utilised constantly for continuous improvement during the iterations of the project. Running multiple iterations with continuous improvements will ensure the quality aspect of the system is not compromised with.

2.4 Budget of the Project

Development of a totally accurate budget is significantly difficult in Agile projects and even more in this project that has been going on for years. The long drawn continuation of the project also means that the estimated budget amount will be significantly high and the company should be ready to invest accordingly for the project (Xanthopoulos and Xinogalos 2018). However, at the same time, the company can also expect that the project will save them millions in expenses and will increase the profit margin significantly that will also help them invest further in the project. An estimated budget for the overall project is shown in the following table.

Table 1: Budget Estimation for the Operational Project

2.5 Human Resources Involved

There are a significant number of human resources involved in the project while different types of roles and responsibilities. Each human resource will have specific roles that they must perform throughout the course of the project (Uphaus et al. 2021). The human resources in the project include the primary stakeholders who are directly involved in the project as well as the regular team members who will be involved in the execution of the project. The main human resources involved in this project are listed as follows.

Table 2: Human Resource Requirements for the Operational Project

3. Discovery Project

3.1 Predictive Project Analysis and Risk Assessment

Predictive project analysis is a relatively new tool that is very useful in assessing risks in a project, especially the large scale projects with multi-million dollar budgets. Predictive Project Analysis or PPA is a statistical analysis based tool that uses years of data from past projects to forecast possible risks for a particular project (Ondruš et al. 2020). Thus it is a very helpful tool for the project managers to assess possible risks and take early actions so that the risks do not cause the project to move towards failure.

This same tool can be used in this project as well since it will help to identify possible risks in the project. Considering the final output of the project, it can be easily seen that the overall nature of the project is significantly complex and full of various risks that may or may be not very much visible initially. Hence, PPA tool can help to identify those risks that are not well visible and early mitigation actions will be undertaken accordingly.

3.2 Justification of the Project

Analysis of the project risks using PPA may lead to the development of a long list of risks that may occur during the entire project and beyond. Moreover, the complexity of the project means there might not be any straightforward way to resolve these risks and go ahead with the project (Schneble and Shaw 2021). Additionally, the final product of the project involves transportation of human beings and even minor errors in the product may lead to severe damage or loss of lives, which is not desirable. Overall, the risk landscape generated from PPA tool suggests the project is very risky to conduct and even there is no 100% assurance that the final outcome will be flawless.

However, considering the rapid evolution of technology in the entire world and increasing demand for efficiency, this project should go ahead. Development of fully autonomous cars will reduce the need for manual drivers and at the same time, it can help in reduction of accidents through human errors like over-speeding, drink and drive, breaking signals and others (Hussain and Zeadally 2018). Hence, these autonomous cars can be a major breakthrough in transportation technology and the project should proceed but with caution.

3.3 Optimal Leadership Style

The optimal leadership style for the project is Transformational Leadership. The leader should be able to motivate the team members to constantly push their boundaries beyond their capabilities and constantly improve the product in terms of the features and performance. The complexity of the project means the leader should also be a visionary with ideas that will be beneficial for the project. Elon Musk has already set a great example of transformational leadership in his field of business and the same model needs to be followed in the project.

3.4 Project Management Methodology

The most appropriate methodology for this type of project aligned with the leadership style is Waterfall Method. Unlike the previous project, the final outcome of the project is well defined and hence, multiple iterations are not necessary. On the other hand, the most important requirements of the project include proper planning and risk analysis without which the project cannot proceed. Additionally, transformational leadership can also be aligned with this methodology as the team members can be motivated to expand their boundaries while planning and executing the project.

3.5 Budget of the Project

The development of budget for the project is relatively easier than the previous one owing the well defined final output and availability of a project roadmap. However, there are high chances of significant extra costs due to possibilities of unforeseen expenses (Yaqoob et al. 2019). An approximate budget for the project is shown in the following table.

Table 3: Budget Estimation for the Discovery Project

3.6 Team Undertaking the Project

There are a large number of teams that will be responsible for undertaking the overall project. These teams are listed in the following table.

Table 4: Human Resource Requirements for the Discovery Project

3.7 Democratising the Project

The one problem with regards to the project is that the developing company i.e. Tesla cannot keep hold of the sole development rights to itself once the project product becomes reality. Since the product has global usage value and has potential to become a standardised usage product, it will not be possible for Tesla to fulfill global commercial demands at the same time (Rajabli et al. 2020). Hence, after a certain point, the project will have to be democratised for other companies to use and develop their own autonomous cars and vehicles. However, once the project is successful, Tesla can commercialise the overall project and sell usage rights to other companies at a particular rate.

4. Reflection

If I am given to manage either of these projects, based on my understanding and knowledge, I can say that I will face many issues and problems that can arise from the project. Both the projects are significantly complex and long drawn as well as requiring constant research and development. As a result, there are number of issues expected to arise as well. Issues may be related to technical, budget, time, team conflicts and others. However, the most important challenge that I will face is creating a suitable and realistic vision that the projects will follow. Both the projects have potential to transform different types of technology and without a long term vision, it is impossible to manage and run the project till the end. If I was the manager, I would have required applying my skills, knowledge and experience to generate a realistic and sustainable vision aligned with the overall scope of the project.

5. Conclusion

Overall in this report, two different projects have been analysed and studied. The first project selected is an operational project that has involved development of a new technical system for business analytics. On the other hand, the second project is a discovery project that involves development of completely autonomous cars. The first project is recommended to follow agile methodology due to lack of clear definition of final output and the need for continuous improvement whereas the second project is recommended to follow waterfall methodology due to the presence of a clearly defined output and the need for in-depth risk analysis. The first project also requires limited number of human resources working as one team under a leader whereas for the second project, there are multiple teams involved and assigned with different responsibilities. For the first project, democratic leadership style is most optimal as it will allow the team members to apply and discuss their own ideas and inputs that will be considered before making final decisions on the project. The second project will require transformational leadership style (a model similar to Elon Musk’s style) to motivate the team members to constantly push their boundaries beyond their capabilities and constantly improve the product in terms of the features and performance. Overall, it can be seen that the projects are completely different in terms of characteristics, methodology, leadership style and resource requirements and it proves that each type of project requires different types of approach and analysis.

References

Bartoletti, S., Chiaraviglio, L., Fortes, S., Kennouche, T.E., Solmaz, G., Bernini, G., Giustiniano, D., Widmer, J., Barco, R., Siracusano, G. and Conti, A., 2021. Location-based analytics in 5G and beyond. IEEE Communications Magazine, 59(7), pp.38-43.

Burns, E., 2014. Location-based analytics helps Wendy's find its way to new sites. [online] SearchBusinessAnalytics. Available at: <https://www.techtarget.com/searchbusinessanalytics/feature/Location-based-analytics-helps-Wendys-find-its-way-to-new-sites> [Accessed 7 October 2022].

Huang, H., Yao, X.A., Krisp, J.M. and Jiang, B., 2021. Analytics of location-based big data for smart cities: Opportunities, challenges, and future directions. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems, 90, p.101712.

Hussain, R. and Zeadally, S., 2018. Autonomous cars: Research results, issues, and future challenges. IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, 21(2), pp.1275-1313.

Marr, B., 2019. The 7 Biggest Technology Trends In 2020 Everyone Must Get Ready For Now. [online] Forbes. Available at: <https://www.forbes.com/sites/bernardmarr/2019/09/30/the-7-biggest-technology-trends-in-2020-everyone-must-get-ready-for-now/?sh=605539512261> [Accessed 7 October 2022].

Ondruš, J., Kolla, E., Verta?, P. and Šari?, Ž., 2020. How do autonomous cars work?. Transportation Research Procedia, 44, pp.226-233.

Pishtari, G., Rodríguez-Triana, M.J. and Väljataga, T., 2019, September. Multi-stakeholder analytics for learning design: A case study of location-based tools. In World conference on mobile and contextual learning (pp. 94-101).

Rajabli, N., Flammini, F., Nardone, R. and Vittorini, V., 2020. Software verification and validation of safe autonomous cars: A systematic literature review. IEEE Access, 9, pp.4797-4819.

Schneble, C.O. and Shaw, D.M., 2021. Driver’s views on driverless vehicles: Public perspectives on defining and using autonomous cars. Transportation research interdisciplinary perspectives, 11, p.100446.

Uphaus, P., Beringer, B., Siemens, K., Ehlers, A. and Rau, H., 2021. Location-based services–the market: success factors and emerging trends from an exploratory approach. Journal of Location Based Services, 15(1), pp.1-26.

Xanthopoulos, S. and Xinogalos, S., 2018, April. Opportunities and challenges of mobile location-based games in education: Exploring the integration of authoring and analytics tools. In 2018 IEEE Global Engineering Education Conference (EDUCON) (pp. 1797-1805). IEEE.

Yaqoob, I., Khan, L.U., Kazmi, S.A., Imran, M., Guizani, N. and Hong, C.S., 2019. Autonomous driving cars in smart cities: Recent advances, requirements, and challenges. IEEE Network, 34(1), pp.174-181.

PROG2008 Computational Thinking Assignment Sample

Task: Data modelling
Weight: 50% (40 hours)

Task Description:

In assignment 2, you have helped a real estate agent to gain some understanding of the market. The agent now wants you to help them set the indicative sale price for their new properties on the market. In this assignment, you will apply your knowledge in data analysis and modelling to build a regression model to predict the indicative sale price of a given property using the previous sale data.

In particular, you will

• Apply multivariate analysis and appropriate visualization techniques to analyze the given dataset for the relationship between the sold price and other features of a property.

• Based on the analysis select one feature that can be used to predict the property indicative price. Justify your selection.

• Build a regression model to predict the indicative price from the selected feature.

• Train and validate the model using the given dataset and analyze the prediction power of the model. Discuss the result.

• Distinction students: propose a solution to improve the model accuracy.

• High Distinction students: implement the proposed solution to improve the model.

You will use Jupyter Notebook in this assignment to perform the required analyses, visualise data, and show the analysis results

Solution

Analysis Report for assignment help

The property sales prediction was done using a python programming language with Anaconda Framework using Jupyter Notebook IDE where the sales prediction dataset was explored at first. The libraries of python used for analysis and visualization were pandas, NumPy, matplotlib, seaborn, and sklearn for importing machine learning algorithms.

About data

The details about the data are thouroughly discussed in the notebook where each column details has been described about the property and sales.

The data reading was done using pandas where the information about the data was described.

Data processing including the column details, column information of data types, handling missing values and checking null values if present, and summary statistics of the data where the mean, deviation, maximum, count, etc. of the data are described.

Data visualization

The data visualizations were done using matplotlib and seaborn library which are used for creating attractive and interactive graphs, plots, and charts in python. The different graphs from the data insights are described as communicating about the data containing visuals.

The bar chart here describing the bedroom description count where the data containing 45.5% of property with bedrooms and the sales is also depended upon these factors.

Figure 5 Property sales price with bedroom availability

Figure 6 Property sales price with bathroom availability

Figure 7 Property sales price with square fit living availability

Figure 8 Property sales price with floors availability

Figure 9 Property sales price with condition availability

The sale prediction according to the property description is clearly described by the visualizations which describe the descriptive analysis of the data which represents the sales of the property according to the different infrastructure based happened in the past.

Figure 10 Property sales price with space availability

Figure 11 Property sales price with condition availability

Figure 12 Property sales price with grades availability

Data modelling

The machine learning algorithm is applied to the dataset for the predictive analysis where the future prediction based on the descriptive analysis is done to look at whether the models are accurate according to the data and the accuracy of the model describes the predictive analysis rate to predict the property sales in the future.

Figure 13 Regression model

The algorithms are applied to the dataset by training the models by splitting the dataset into train and test split and then the trained and tested values are applied to the algorithms to calculate the score of the applied data.

Figure 14 Training of the model

Figure 15 Fitting regression model

Figure 16 Creating variables

Figure 17 Decision tree regression

The predictive analysis score of the linear regression model predicted 100% accuracy whereas the decision tree regression score comes to 99% accuracy which describes the property sales prediction as mostly accurate as assumed.

Figure 18 Linear regression sales prediction with prices

Figure 19 Linearity of the model

Figure 20 Data Correlation heatmap

MIS102 Data and Networking Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Individual/Group assignment
Length - 1500 words

Task Summary

Create a network disaster recovery plan (portfolio) (1500 words, 10%-or 10%+) along with a full network topology diagram. This portfolio should highlight the competencies you have gained in data and networking.

Context

The aim of this assessment is to demonstrate your proficiency in data and networking. In doing so, you will design a network disaster recovery plan for a company of your choice to demonstrate your proficiency with network design.

Task Instructions

1. Create a network disaster recovery plan (portfolio) along with a full network topology diagram for a company. (the choice of a company can be a local or international company)

2. It is recommended that to investigate the same company that was researched in Assignment 1 as this created a complete portrait of the company and becomes an e- portfolio of the work complete.

3. Network disaster recovery plan (portfolio)

Write a network disaster recovery plan using of 1500 words, (10%-or 10%+) The Portfolio must include the following:

An introductory section that highlights the importance of having a recovery plan.

• What steps should the company take if:

1. There is a sudden internet outage.

2. A malware (e.g. a virus) has infected the computers in the company network.

3. There is no local area network for the entire company Is there a way to diagnose if this is a hardware failure. What communication protocol stack might be affected.

4. Only a part of the company loses internet connection.

5. There is a power outage.

6. There is a natural disaster such as an earthquake, tsunami, floods or fire.

7. There is a password security breach.

• Are there precautions and post-planning to ensure that the company will not repeat the same network disaster?

• Anticipate the likely questions about the network design that will be raised by the client (Please note that this may include both technical and non-technical staff of the organization).

4. Network topology diagram

• Create a full network topology diagram, which could ensure the business continuity of the company.

• The diagrams need to be your own work and need to be developed using Visio or Lucid chart or an approved graphic package. (Please seek the approval of the learning facilitator prior to commencing this activity).

• All diagrams need to be labelled and referenced if they are not your own.

• The full network topology will be part of the network disaster recovery plan and should be used to further enhance the understanding of the recovery plan.

Solution

Network Disaster Recovery Plan (Portfolio)

Introduction

The network infrastructure is a very crucial requirement of every business in the market for IT assignment. Many things need to be done for a successful business-like Walmart and different aspects need to be analyzed because network infrastructure is used for communication purposes daily. This study is about the network disaster recovery plan that explains what needs to be done in case any disaster occurs. This study enables us to analyze and evaluate different factors of development for Walmart and prepare an effective plan for the management of numerous activities. Walmart is an American multinational company that deals with retail operations by creating a chain of supermarkets that provide the user with goods and products at a discounted rate and serve them as department stores and grocery stores all over the world.  

Network disaster recovery plan

The network disaster recovery plan is used in the market for businesses as a backup plan that can be used for any kind of disaster by recovering the entire network of a company like Walmart. The crucial part of a network disaster recovery plan is identifying the weak links and the loopholes of the network ?generating the list of vulnerabilities to risks ?planning to mitigate these risks using suitable measures and specifying the backup (Froehlich, 2019).

• Aspects of this plan

? In case of any power supply, internet failure, or system failure taking place in Walmart, the company needs to analyze what kind of response is required from the staff. The employees can use different measures in addition to handling offline customers and registering their orders. This company right now has a stable market but in case of such a situation, employees and staff need to corporate. In case of any internet outrage or downtime for a small duration, this might affect Walmart but with a low impact.

At this stage, Walmart can use the direct communication method with the employees to provide them the prior information about the opening and closing of the stores and the change in working culture for a limited period (Finucane et al., 2020).

? In case of any malware or virus affecting the devices such as the computers of Walmart, a complete shutdown takes place and the operations must be blocked. For this, Walmart needs to perform a regular scan of the viruses on their computers using the anti-virus software. They should also ensure that the current system has no malware and that updates need to be performed regularly (Pandey et al., 2018).

? In case of the absence of a local area network for the entire Walmart then there is an interruption in the communication between different devices of the Walmart network. These interruptions may take place due to poor wiring that results in weak signal strength.

? If a single part of a company loses the connections to the other network, transmission and receiving of crucial information get blocked. For such a situation companies like Walmart need to prepare by using a backup plan to protect themselves from cyber-attacks.

? Power Failure is another disaster that can take place in Walmart which brings the entire system down. Customers who are shopping offline need to take some restroom. For digital payments, some extra time needs to be provided and the transaction can take place in cash.

? In case of any natural disaster such as an earthquake, flood or fire take place, it is the crucial responsibility of Walmart to ensure the safety of one and all customers by collecting them to a safe place with the help of local bodies and relief organizations. Some food and water must be provided along with the use of anti-measures such as fire extinguishers in case of emergency.

? In case of a password security breach, the issue needs to be reported to the higher authorities as soon as possible. This might lead to the stealing of crucial and sensitive information such as customers' email addresses and payment information of debit cards or credit cards to perform fraud and ransom. This can be eliminated in avoiding by using strong passwords and using software such as firewalls and intrusion detection systems to minimize the impact on the business (Dhirani, Armstrong & Newe, 2021).

• Precautions and preventive measures

The Walmart Company has a very clear vision to provide the department item and grocery items to the customers with an extensive menu of a wide range of goods and product. The key feature of Walmart are quality products, timely delivery, healthy and fresh products, and ease in ordering and delivering items to the doorstep its chain of supermarkets are easily available in every locality. The first parameter required by Walmart firm is the internet connection which has proper bandwidth and low delay time. This is because communication is a very crucial part of any business and it needs to be analyzed carefully in the case of Walmart to record and implement the customer feedback to improve the quality of the service delivered. With the help of an effective communication technique, the negative feedback environment of the customers can be converted to positive critics (Network Disaster Recovery Plan, 2022).

The second is to use the outpouring protectors and the incessant service of power supply along with the availability of power backup to the hardware because this can save the time consumption of Walmart and protect the data by eliminating the vulnerabilities of Cyber thread by safely shutdown the system as well as the server of the Walmart.

The third is the accountability of the staff for the surrounding area and training them with this quality to take care of their task. In case of any employee of Walmart notice anything wrong or suspicious in their surrounding area, they are required to report it to the higher authorities and try to fix it faster. Communication is a critical process that needs to be implemented with the team members to understand the needs of the customers can be enhanced for a better future (Ghasempour, 2019).

The issues in the Wi-Fi internet connectivity is might be a problematic subject but such issues as low speed, poor quality, and frequent disconnections might fail Walmart to serve its customers. This requires a good and stable connection to the internet with the integration of hardware and software devices.
In case of any cyber-attack or risk that is a direct challenge to the sensitive data of the company as well as the customers the precautions required are to identify the hacking activity such as Trojan or Malware, with the need for strong network security levels, and a network monitoring tool. In case of any disaster strikes, the team members of the Walmart and customers need to analyze any evacuation plan with the regular drills required to ensure overall safety (Lin, 2019).

• Questionnaires about the network design

1. What will be the cyber threats and risks that might be faced?
Cyber threats are increasing with technological advancements. The probable cyber Threads are fishing Malware and somewhere, as well injection denial of service, a man-in-the-middle attack, butter flow, and password attack using brute force or dictionary method full stop these are the malicious attacks which are deliberately performed to steal data, breach financially sources and identity (Jaramillo, 2018).

2. What is best for me and how will I decide?

For the best network design with effective communication and high load-bearing capacity, it is understanding to evaluate the building infrastructure that provides an idea about the current networking environment. It allows us to connect with potential customers about their requirements and manage the website hosting operation. Now the business is open to search sections and Walmart might find it interesting.

3. What are your thoughts about the wireless technology of internet connection?

This can be a tricky question because the wireless technology of the internet connection is a fast-working operation facility providing methods with less complexity as no cable or wire is required to connect different devices in the network. But the wide connection provides a reliable and stable connection that is more complex but less costly than wireless. Also, the wireless network allows us to work through the obstacles like the wall with good signal strength and quality internet connection.
Network Topology Diagram

Figure 1 Network topology diagram for Walmart firm
 

References

Dhirani, L. L., Armstrong, E., & Newe, T. (2021). Industrial IoT, cyber threats, and standards landscape: evaluation and roadmap. Sensors, 21(11), 1-39. https://doi.org/10.3390/s21113901

Finucane, M. L., Acosta, J., Wicker, A., & Whipkey, K. (2020). Short-term solutions to a long-term challenge: rethinking disaster recovery planning to reduce vulnerabilities and inequities. International journal of environmental research and public health, 17(2), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trd.2021.102771

Froehlich, A. (2019). 6 steps to a successful network disaster recovery plan. SearchNetworking; TechTarget. https://www.techtarget.com/searchnetworking/tip/6-steps-to-a-successful-network-disaster-recovery-plan

Ghasempour, A., 2019. Internet of things in smart grid: Architecture, applications, services, key technologies, and challenges. Inventions, 4(1), 1-22. https://www.mdpi.com/2411-5134/4/1/22

Jaramillo, L. E. S. (2018). Malware detection and mitigation techniques: lessons learned from Mirai DDOS attack. Journal of Information Systems Engineering & Management, 3(3), 1-6. https://www.jisem-journal.com/download/malware-detection-and-mitigation-techniques-lessons-learned-from-mirai-ddos-attack.pdf

Lin, R. (2019). The importance of successful inventory management to enterprises: A case study of Wal-Mart. In 2019 International Conference on Management, Finance and Social Sciences Research (MFSSR 2019), 755-758. DOI: 10.25236/mfssr.2019.154

Network Disaster Recovery Plan - Updated 2022 - plus Free Trial Tools. (2022). Comparitech.com. https://www.comparitech.com/net-admin/network-disaster-recovery/

Pandey, A. K., Tripathi, A. K., Kapil, G., Singh, V., Khan, M. W., Agrawal, A. & Khan, R. A. (2020). Trends in malware attacks: Identification and mitigation strategies. In Critical Concepts, Standards, and Techniques in Cyber Forensics, 47-60. DOI: 10.4018/978-1-7998-1558-7.ch004

7113ICT Research for IT Professionals Assignment Sample

Assignment Requirements

The Research Plan must show a clear connection between the research question and the associated focus/objectives, and the method and techniques of data collection and analysis to be used to achieve those objectives. How well this is done contributes significantly to the coherence of the work and conveys to the reader that the author of the proposal has the competence to execute the research project successfully. The body of the report should be at least 3000 words. Please note that the references, direct quotes and appendices are not included in the word count.

Required Components

• Background to the problem
• Literature review showing the relationship to previous works
• Research question (including the broad research question and the sub-questions)
• Aims and significance of the research
• Research strategy, approach and methodology
• Data gathering and analysis techniques
• Rigor, validity, reliability and ethics
• Research schedule/timeline
• References

• Clarity of the statement of the research problem (including the clarification of the underlying assumptions)

• Clarity of the research question(s) derived from the problem statement

• Rationale for conducting the study (including significance, relevance to theory and practice, relationship to previous research, own contribution)

• Review of literature and theoretical frameworks (relationship to previous research)

B. Well-reasoned and balanced choice of research methods (35%)

• Research strategy and design (including data collection and analysis) well justified given the
underlying assumptions.

• Evaluation of the methodology discussed in the relevant field with respect to the problem domain (e.g. software engineering, information systems, artificial intelligence, computer science, multimedia)

C. General Level of Scholarly Analysis (25%)

• How well the issues covered in the course have been mastered.
• How well the overall plan is developed.
• Evidence of critical reading and evaluation of relevant literature.
• Comprehensive knowledge of issues illustrated by the selection of literature.
• Evidence of explanation and analysis (not description) where appropriate.

D. Communication and Referencing (20%)

• Logical development of argument.
• Clear structure and organisation.
• Fluent writing style.
• Correct spelling, punctuation and grammar.
• At least 3000 words.

Solution

Background To The Problem

In today's marketplace, business analysis is a relatively powerful tool that assists business organizations to reduce the amount of risk which might be the result of different activities and can be short-term or long-term. Moreover, the business analysis also helps in understanding the exact requirements of a business, possibilities of organizational IT systems, development and execution of a business project etc (Žemgulien? and Valukonis, 2018). Therefore, the people who are assigned for performing such critical and in-depth analysis of a business or the business analysts have a major role in enhancing the business performance.

Modern-day business organizations have advanced and powerful IT systems that help in the collection and analysis of business operations-oriented data. But at the same time, they tend to generate enormous volumes of data that sometimes become quite difficult for the business analysts to handle, understand and interpret. Business analysts and the professionals of an IT department within an organization have a very close relationship with one another in terms of their work (Täuscher and Laudien, 2018). Precisely it can be said that their works and operations are inter-related. Therefore, it is mandatory that both professionals must work collectively to achieve the organizational aims and objectives for best assignment help.

The real problem arises when business analysts are incapable of handling the amount of data produced by the IT systems or the IT departments. This can lead to significant problems and in fact, put forward various hindrances that ultimately lead to degraded performance (Palepu et al. 2020). Some of the main hindrances faced by the business analysis in doing their daily business research are because of reasons like over-ambitious and vague business requirements, difficulty in understanding and interpreting the business requirements, generation of an enormous volume of data that are difficult to manage and interpret, allotment of inadequate time for conducting the analysis, etc.

Literature Review

Skills that business consider important for business analysts

Business analysts work with the organisation to help them to bring improvement in their system and process. Analysis and research are conducted to bring solutions to problems that arise in the business to help introduce the system to their clients and business. Indian IT sector and enterprise business analyst has emerged as the main business practice. They refer to understanding the changes that business requires along with evaluating the impact of these changes, facilitating communication and documenting among the stakeholders who are involved and analysing and identifying requirements. They contribute actively to the sustainability and profitability of an organisation. The significant role of business analysts is to guide the organisation to bring improvement in their quality and process of services and products (Pillay, 2018). Business analysts are responsible for making new models that will help in supporting the decision in the business by working closely with information technology teams and financial reporting to implement strategies and initiatives to optimise cost and improve costs. According to Robert, half technology the skills that business analysts should include defining business requirements as well as putting them to shareholders. They should have proper knowledge about reporting, variance analysis, pricing, monitoring and planning, forecasting and budgeting. According to (Shah, 2017) the role of a business analyst is to act as a link or bridge to translate, analyse and interpret between what is typically referred to as the business group in the company and the technology team (Verma et al. 2019). It is also set by them that business analysts perform driving changes and facilitates them to understand the goals and problems of the organisation and should analyse requirements and solutions.

Best place for learning specific skills for business analysts

For learning this specific skill for business analysts, a graduate or bachelor degree is an individual should have adequate knowledge about programming language and should have good negotiation and communication skills. They should create an interactive report with the help of several business intelligence tools. Individuals can have a certification that is offered by international institutes of business analysis which include certified business analysis professionals will be greatly beneficial. A bachelor’s degree is typically needed for most business analyst positions. A Master's degree in BA(business analyst) can also be useful for a more advanced position. But having a bachelor degree is the first and foremost step to become a business analyst as per the United States Bureau of labour. Individuals should have the proper background in psychology or marketing, finance, economics, a business may prove useful. For pursuing a BA position at the management level or any higher-level individual should complete an advanced degree such as masters in business administration program or masters in business analytics. A person can achieve qualification from some other industries such as the project management institute, international institute of business analyst and institute of a management consultant. These courses are offered if the individual has completed their master degree or has a working experience of BA for several years. A person can acquire or learn these skills from work experience with organisations which will help their business analyst skill. They conducted analysis and research to bring solutions to business problems.

Relationship between business analysts and IT professionals of an organization

Business analysts are professionals who analyse an organisation or business by documenting its processes and system, identifying risk, providing solutions and accessing its business model. The role of business analysts can be understood which helps to bring changes in the organisation by identifying the requirements and recommending a proper solution to those requirements for providing value to the shareholders (Ariyarathna and Peter, 2019). In a simple form, it can be said that day is the discipline that helps the company to solve the existing problem by identifying, analysing and solving them. In several organisations, the only solution to deal with issues is by altering the existing process or method or technique that is not workable. This is what BA does- identifying and solving business problems. In the IT or information technology Sector, the BA belongs to the product development team and they are responsible for identifying and analysing the abdomen of the business and documenting its processes and system. They also outline the requirements of the business and match the software that is implemented with the business model (Muntean et al. 2019). The main function of IT business analysts is to analyse and solve the issues using information technology solutions. Their role is the link to a bridge between IT and business. In this role, the business analysts may also communicate with the quality assurance and development team.

Measure that can be taken to mitigate the reason that hinders business analysts from doing accurate daily business research

? Business analysts can face several challenges such as conflict with the stakeholders when a team develops a new approach that is relevant to the present business process (Omar et al. 2019). This conflict can be solved if the team is required to understand the reason for resistance to the new solution. Business analysts should study the requirements and process to prepare a solution. They can prepare a business case document for users which demonstrates the answering users' questions and new solutions.

? The undocumented process can also be a challenge for business analyst from doing accurate daily business research. Business analysts should be familiar with the consequences of lack of documentation on the project or who documented the process and procedure (Pröllochs and Feuerriegel, 2020). For solving this business analyst should identify the decision-maker and key system users. After that, documentation with proper description is made which will demonstrate the difference and processes for users with different responsibilities. Business analysts should concentrate on the requirements of business instead of the position of the users.

? Problems can arise if stakeholders change their requirements and this problem can happen daily. The business analyst should properly understand what is the main reason for this problem (Vidgen et al. 2017). If the reason is some external company alteration in the current process of business it can be solved by accepting the new requirements while postponing the deliverables of the planned project.
Research questions

? Broad Question

What are the primary reasons that hinder business analysts from doing accurate daily business research?

? Sub-questions

1.What are the specific skill sets that business organizations consider important for business analysts?
2.What is the relationship between business analysts and IT professionals of an organization?
3.Does a disconnection exist between what business analysts consider significant and what they know?
4.What are the best places for learning or acquiring the specific skills that business organizations consider important for business analysts?
5.What can be done to reduce or eliminate the reasons that hinder business analysts from doing accurate daily business research?

Research Aims

? To depict the primary reasons that hinder business analysts from doing accurate daily business research.

? To determine the specific skill sets that business organizations consider important for business analysts.

? To understand the relationship between business analysts and IT professionals of an organization.

? To identify the disconnection existing between what business analysts consider significant and what they know.

? To recognize the best places for learning or acquiring the specific skills that business organizations consider important for business analysts.

? To determine the ways or things that can be done for reducing or eliminating the reasons that hinder business analysts from doing accurate daily business research

Significance of the Research

The business analysis finds its importance in identifying and articulating the requirements for changing the working procedures of business organizations. The role of business analysts is imperative for the growth and development of an organization. They help in identifying and defining the solutions for maximizing the value that is delivered by a business organization to its stakeholders (Aithal, 2017). There are several functions of a business analyst such as evaluating the business requirements, developing appropriate documentation, recognizing key areas for improvement, establishing organizational policies and strategic planning. Therefore, it can be easily understood that business analysis along with people who do that i.e business analysts play a crucial role in the overall development of an organization.

Any company could leverage business analysis for achieving its strategic objectives by recognizing and adopting the particular changes suggested by the business analysts. Not only does it help in the enhancement of the overall organizational performance but also helps the organisation to achieve a significant competitive advantage. However, this process is quite complex and difficult to execute in an appropriate manner. This process demands specific skill sets of the business analysts that are important for analysing the business scenarios (Yayici, 2021). Moreover, in modern times almost all business organizations have their personalised and efficient IT department that helps to collect and manage vital business data. This accumulated data is forwarded to the business analysis on the basis of which they commence the remaining procedure. But with the technical advancements at bay, it is obvious that the IT systems produce enormous volumes of data which are sometimes different to manage, handle and processed by the business analysts (Rivera et al. 2018).

The process of business analysis is considered to be a rigorous one and therefore there are certain challenges associated with it. Some of the main challenges faced by business analysts are over-ambitious and vague business requirements, difficulty in understanding and interpreting the business requirements, generation of enormous volumes of data that are difficult to manage and interpret, allotment of inadequate time for conducting the analysis, etc (Gray, 2019). Therefore, this specific research finds its significance in determining the possible reasons that obstruct business analysts from doing accurate daily business research. Moreover, it will also help in depicting the specific skill sets that a business organization demands from their analysts. Furthermore, this research will also help in finding various solutions that will help business analysts in commencing their day-to-day business research in the best possible manner and without any hindrances.

Research strategy, approach and methodology

Research Strategy

The research strategy used for this research is the quantitative survey method which is widely used in various business researches and also enables access to a significantly higher number of survey participants (Understanding different research perspectives, 2021). The research strategy requires the development of a meaningful questionnaire for getting the answers to the various research questions and the questionnaires appeal to the respondents without being too difficult to understand and the quantitative survey method had been beneficial in accurately investigating the relationships between the business analysts and the IT professionals along with the pinpointing various concerns associated to the accurate business research daily.

Research Approach

The research approach selected for this research is the inductive approach which has the objective of generating meaning from the collected data set for identifying the patterns and relationships which are required for answering the research questions as well as highlighting the various dimensions of the central issue (A General Inductive Approach for Analyzing Qualitative Evaluation Data - David R. Thomas, 2006, 2021). The approach is flexible since it has also provided the researcher with the ability to use the existing theories and previous works in the process of formulating research questions that are to be explored in the research.

Research Design

The descriptive research design is being utilised in this research since it aims at describing the present status office-specific identified variable and the research project is designed for providing structured and systematic information regarding the various problems that are being faced by the business analyst in accurately e undertaking the business research from time to time. The descriptive research design is used since it involves the development of a research hypothesis through the collected data instead of beginning with a hypothesis and the analysis of the collected data through surveys is utilised for developing the hypothesis and getting exploring the various research questions systematically.
Data gathering and analysis techniques

Data Collection

? Survey- The data collection method used in the report is a quantitative survey method which was used for determining the skills that were considered to be the most significant as well as the most essential in the engineering sector (DATA COLLECTION METHODS, 2021). The participants in the survey consisted mostly of various engineering graduates who rated the value as well as the performance of every object which was required for their appropriate professional practice. A pilot survey, which is moreover a mini-survey in which the researcher provides a questionnaire for a comparatively smaller size of sample than the total audience being targeted, was also conducted before the data collection for ensuring the reliability of the instruments of the survey (Blog, 2021). The participants of the pilot survey were six researchers, business analysts, as well as teachers and the input received from them was utilised for enhancing the sample along with identifying some attribute terms or fuzzy abilities.

Data Analysis

The data analysis approach used in the research is the mixed data analysis approach which consists of,

? Primary: The method of data analysis being used as the primary data analysis which is the analysis of the data that is collected for a specific research study and the analysis of the primary data is making sense out of the data that has been collected for answering the various research questions or critically evaluating the research hypothesis (Primary Data Analysis - SAGE Research Methods, 2021). The data collected through the quantitative survey method as well as the pilot survey analysed for understanding the various reasons involved in hindering accurate business research daily for the various business analysts.

? Interpretive case analysis approach: This approach is used by researchers for integrating the data utilizing developing various conceptual categories and supporting or challenging the various assumptions given in the case studies regarding the problems of inaccurate business research. The interpretive case analysis approach will also be beneficial in guiding the research which outlines the various problems and challenges on the way along with helping the researcher in understanding the issue through a broad range of perspective which will help in giving a better outlook towards the research questions.
Rigour, validity, reliability and ethics
The consideration of the various ethical issues is a significant part of this research while forming the evaluation plan and the various ethical considerations for this research are,

? Informed consent: This addresses the fact that the participants of the quantitative survey and pilot survey are made aware of the purpose of the research and how their response will be utilised (Ethical considerations, 2021). Appropriate informed consent has been taken from every candidate of the quantitative survey as well as the pilot survey regarding the use of the response throughout the research for exploring the research questions.

? Confidentiality: Another major ethical consideration is the confidentiality of the information that has been collected from the candidate and the data collected from the quantitative survey as well as the pilot survey for this research are being accessed by only the program coordinator which will be ensuring the identifying and collected information from being excluded from any published documents or report.

? Anonymity: The ethical consideration of anonymity has been considered since the identity of the various participants of the quantitative survey and the pilot survey are unknown to the whole research team. This has been considered necessary for the research since various candidates have insisted on this aspect while using their response during the data analysis for exploring the research questions.

? Voluntary participation: All the candidates of the quantitative survey had voluntarily participated without any external influence or force and the participants are free in withdrawing their participation whenever they want and that will not impact their involvement in future programs.

Reference List

Aithal, P.S., 2017. An effective method of developing business case studies based on company analysis. International Journal of Engineering Research and Modern Education (IJERME), ISSN (Online), pp.2455-4200.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/315333687_An_Effective_Method_of_Developing_Business_Case_Studies_based_on_Company_Analysis

Ariyarathna, K. and Peter, S., 2019. Business analytics maturity models: a systematic review of literature. Focus, 3(10), p.4.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/337023631_Business_Analytics_Maturity_Models_A_Systematic_Review_of_Literature

Blog, F., 2021. Pilot Survey: Definition, Importance + [ Question Examples]. [online] Formpl.us. Available at: <https://www.formpl.us/blog/pilot-survey-questionnaire> [Accessed 5 June 2021]. Gray, D.E., 2019. Doing research in the business world. Sage. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/319451013_Doing_Research_in_the_Business_World

Methods.sagepub.com. 2021. Primary Data Analysis - SAGE Research Methods. [online] Available at: <https://methods.sagepub.com/reference/the-sage-encyclopedia-of-communication-research-methods/i11221.xml#:~:text=Primary%20data%20analysis%20is%20the,is%20originally%20designed%20to%20assess.> [Accessed 5 June 2021].

Muntean, M., Bologa, A.R., Corbea, A.M.I. and Bologa, R., 2019. A Framework for Evaluating the Business Analytics Maturity of University Programmes. Sustainability, 11(3), p.853.
https://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/11/3/853/pdf&ved=2ahUKEwi-y7_dyYLxAhUyyjgGHZeEAX8QFnoECAkQAQ&usg=AOvVaw3ww9mo3zsQ9w3rcHRlj1bi

Mypeer.org.au. 2021. Ethical considerations. [online] Available at: <https://mypeer.org.au/monitoring-evaluation/ethical-considerations/> [Accessed 5 June 2021].

Omar, Y.M., Minoufekr, M. and Plapper, P., 2019. Business analytics in manufacturing: Current trends, challenges and pathway to market leadership. Operations Research Perspectives, 6, p.100127.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.orp.2019.100127

OpenLearn. 2021. Understanding different research perspectives. [online] Available at: <https://www.open.edu/openlearn/money-management/understanding-different-research-perspectives/content-section-6> [Accessed 5 June 2021].

Palepu, K.G., Healy, P.M., Wright, S., Bradbury, M. and Coulton, J., 2020. Business analysis and valuation: Using financial statements. Cengage AU.
People.uwec.edu. 2021. DATA COLLECTION METHODS. [online] Available at: <https://people.uwec.edu/piercech/researchmethods/data%20collection%20methods/data%20collection%20methods.htm> [Accessed 5 June 2021].

Pillay, A., 2018. The role of the Business Analyst in influencing the performance project synergies: a case study of Standard Bank South Africa Head Office (Doctoral dissertation).
https://ir.dut.ac.za/bitstream/10321/3328/1/PILLAYANG_2018.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwicwOyCyoLxAhWkxDgGHU3-COUQFnoECAcQAQ&usg=AOvVaw2ZGGV6IkNznFolIDPOya89

Pröllochs, N. and Feuerriegel, S., 2020. Business analytics for strategic management: Identifying and assessing corporate challenges via topic modeling. Information & Management, 57(1), p.103070.
https://fardapaper.ir/mohavaha/uploads/2018/06/Fardapaper-Business-analytics-for-strategic-management-Identifying-and-assessing-corporate-challenges-via-topic-modeling.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjk5O2VyoLxAhXMwzgGHQIcAwoQFnoECAcQAQ&usg=AOvVaw33D8lR-idh149owfyG-Itm

Rivera, R., Nazarov, I. and Burnaev, E., 2018, November. Towards forecast techniques for business analysts of large commercial data sets using matrix factorization methods. In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol. 1117, No. 1, p. 012010). IOP Publishing.
https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Towards-forecast-techniques-for-business-analysts-Rivera-Castro-Nazarov/dec951b34ce28a8b3eb1d7916969656add589182&ved=2ahUKEwji_5-jyoLxAhXIxjgGHeohAAEQFnoECAYQAQ&usg=AOvVaw2_MGcwr-lhuxzykZ7nsT22

SAGE Journals. 2021. A General Inductive Approach for Analyzing Qualitative Evaluation Data - David R. Thomas, 2006. [online] Available at: <https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/1098214005283748>

Shah, M., 2017. Evolving role of a business analyst. International Journal of Business and Management, 1(2), p.7.
http://www.ijbmjournal.com/uploads/2/6/8/1/26810285/002-ijbm-07-12.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjD8-_MyoLxAhVEyjgGHenxDTcQFnoECAYQAQ&usg=AOvVaw0qlvKu5BYDyBpgqz2CZH1e

Täuscher, K. and Laudien, S.M., 2018. Understanding platform business models: A mixed methods study of marketplaces. European Management Journal, 36(3), pp.319-329.
https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/files/78787819/2017_Taeuscher_Laudien_Platform_Business_Models_Author_version.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwif4_DWyoLxAhWTwTgGHXqJDDkQFnoECAYQAQ&usg=AOvVaw1qH8hGIqddJKI9uF8tK_GN

Verma, A., Yurov, K.M., Lane, P.L. and Yurova, Y.V., 2019. An investigation of skill requirements for business and data analytics positions: A content analysis of job advertisements. Journal of Education for Business, 94(4), pp.243-250.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0950422221990990

Vidgen, R., Shaw, S. and Grant, D.B., 2017. Management challenges in creating value from business analytics. European Journal of Operational Research, 261(2), pp.626-639. https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Management-challenges-in-creating-value-from-Vidgen-Shaw/10332237227661d6a7cc0c678de1f5d3dcc4f755&ved=2ahUKEwiFvdjwyoLxAhWP4zgGHdAhCeUQFnoECBQQAQ&usg=AOvVaw0Xu9odUn2czpp6Terv-DAj

Yayici, E., 2021. Business analysis methodology book.
Žemgulien?, J. and Valukonis, M., 2018. Structured literature review on business process performance analysis and evaluation. Entrepreneurship and Sustainability Issues, 6(1), pp.226-252.
doi: https://dx.doi.org/10.9770/jesi.2018.6.1(15).

DATA4300 Data Security and Ethics Assignment Sample

Word count: 1500-2000
Weighting: 40 %

• you have been employed as a data ethics officer by an industry board (professional body) wanting to create a code of conduct around using artificial intelligence (ai) to (a) diagnose disease in a person earlier in the progression of this disease or (b) predict the spread of community diseases, in order to inform best practice in the healthcare industry.

• you are being asked to produce a framework for a code of conduct for a medical board.

• you can choose either of the two applications above (earlier disease diagnosis or community disease prediction using ai).

• this company code of conduct framework will also address individual responsibility as well as recommended government oversight.

• your framework will be presented in a report (a suggested structure is below).

Introduction

• introduction to the use of ai in medicine as a whole and fears related to its use, e.g. “seventy-one percent of americans surveyed by gallup in early 2018 believe ai will eliminate more healthcare jobs than it creates.”
source: https://healthitanalytics.com/news/arguing-the-pros-and-cons-of-artificial- intelligence-in-healthcare

• describe how ai is being used either to (a)diagnose disease in a person earlier in the progression of this disease or (b) predict the spread of community diseases
Data ethics issues

• outline possible data security, privacy and ethical issues associated with the use of patient data in ai. for example, why it may not be a good thing as stated in the quote below.

“it’s true that adding artificial intelligence to the mix will change the way patients interact with providers, providers interact with technology, and everyone interacts with data. and that isn’t always a good thing.”

source: https://healthitanalytics.com/news/arguing-the-pros-and-cons-of-artificial- intelligence-in-healthcare applicable principles

• outline theoretical and legal principles which are relevant to the data issues identified. afterall, if the algorithm gets it wrong who is to blame?

Solution

Introduction

Use of AI in medicine

Artificial Intelligence (AI) in electronic health records may be utilized for scientific research, increased efficiency, and medical management efficiency. Despite going through the traditional road of scientific publishing, recommendation formulation, and medical support tools, AI which has been properly constructed and taught with adequate data may assist in uncovering evidence-based medical practices from electronic health information. AI may also help design new patient care patterns of healthcare provision by studying clinical practice patterns obtained from electronic health data.

A critical feature of AI-based healthcare or medical research for assignment help is the utilization of data generated for electronic health records (EHR). If the underpinning system for information technology and network do not stop the dissemination of diverse or low-quality data, this data could be difficult to utilize.

Figure 1: AI in Medical
(Source: Walls 2022)

AI is being used in Predicting the spread of community diseases

In recent days, COVID-19 has been at its peak and even a kid is aware of its impacts and the disaster it caused to the world. For overcoming its impacts, AI is being used in several ways to the prediction of the spread of this communicable disease. As the major symptoms of any communicable disease are chest pain, cold, cough, etc. AI is being combined with other technologies for tracking and flagging possible carriers of the virus (Basu et al 2020).

AI-powered glasses for checking hundreds of individuals in minutes without establishing contact. This form of the monitoring system was employed at bus and railway terminals, in addition to other public areas with a high population density. accomplishing this by merging artificial intelligence with new temperature measuring technologies using computer vision. This method allowed for the contactless measurement of body temperature, a primary indicator of COVID-19, despite interfering with people's usual behavior. Anyone whose body temperatures surpassed the limit might be promptly identified using this technique. Since physical temp measuring is time-consuming and increases the danger of cross-infection due to the required interaction with others, it proved to be a successful solution (Basu et al 2020).

Figure 2: AI models
(Source: Piccialli et al. 2021)

• Through the use of a Support vector machine algorithm, AI separates out the data and identifies the disease spread (Agrebi and Larbi 2020).

• A combination of High-resolution accuracy and a Support vector machine leads to the identification and isolation of the disease with 100% accuracy.

• It identifies the patterns of data (signs) collected from the patients and through an algorithm AI cross-checks these signs with the right disease and leads to early prediction.

• Machine learning algorithms aid in detecting the red blood cell that got infected through malaria with the use of Digital in-line holographic microscopy data (Agrebi and Larbi 2020).

Figure 3: AI in predicting covid-19
(Source: Piccialli et al. 2021)

Data Ethics Issues

It is observed that for several years, researchers and other people have expressed worries about the ethical concerns of medical data storage and information security procedures, and Artificial Intelligence is increasingly dominating the discussion. Existing regulations are insufficient to safeguard an individual's personal health data.

Indeed, according to startling research, improvements in artificial intelligence have made the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) obsolete, and this was before the COVID-19 pandemic. The fact is that healthcare data is very significant to AI businesses, and numerous of them appear to not mind violating a few privacy and ethical standards, and COVID-19 has just worsened the situation. This is a huge concern for the protection of security seeing the hike in cybercrimes (Lexalytics 2021).

Figure 4: ethical and legal issues of AI in healthcare
(Source: Naik et al. 2022)

Below are mentioned the most probable data privacy, security, and ethical issues concerned with patient data in AI.

1. Continuously changing environment with regular disruptions - AI in healthcare must adapt to a constantly evolving environment with regular disturbances while adhering to ethical principles to safeguard patients' well-being. Nevertheless, a simple, crucial component of determining the security of any medical software is the ability to test the program and understand how the program might fail. The pharmacological and physiological processes of drugs or mechanical components, for example, are similar to the approach for software programs. ML-HCAs, on the other hand, maybe a "black box" problem, with workings that aren't apparent to assessors, physicians, or patients (Wanbil et al. 2018).

2. Uninformed consent in order to use patient’s data - Identity, reputation, and financial loss to the patient. When it comes to data of patients and people are more concerned about it and get in stress due to this, In the online services offered by the medical industry or health care industry tend to collect it's to collect a great piece of information about the patients to feed into the system which leads to data security issues. The information of the patients can be used to manipulate them In the future, creating fake identities, conducting cyber - crimes leading to financial and reputation loss, etc. All these concerns are the major ones that every patient is concerned about (Gupta et al. 2020).

3. Algorithmic biases and impropriety - No accountability for any harm done to patients as AI is a computerized system with no strict laws. Algorithms that may function by unwritten rules and develop new patterns of behavior which come under the AI are apparently threatening the ability to trace responsibility back to the developer or operator. The claimed "ever-widening" difference is the reason for concern since it affects "both the ethical structure of the community and the basis of the accountability concept in law." The adoption of AI may leave the healthcare industry and the patients with no one to hold responsible for any harm done. The scope of the threat is unclear, and the employment of technology will significantly restrict the human capacity to assign blame and accept responsibility for decision-making (Naik et al. 2022).

Figure 5: Cons of AI Adoption in Healthcare
(Source: Ilchenko 2020)

4. Lack of transparency and traceability in the system - The lack of computational and algorithm as well as operations of the computational system in AI collecting the patient’s information transparency has influenced many legal arguments about artificial intelligence. Because of the rising use of AI in elevated circumstances, there is a greater need for responsible, egalitarian, accessible, and transparent AI design and administration. The two most fundamental characteristics of visibility are data accessibility and comprehension. Information regarding algorithm functioning is usually purposefully made difficult to get (McKeon 2021).

5. Sourcing of data and Personal Privacy violation - With the World Data Corporation forecasting that the worldwide data sphere might very well develop from 33 zettabytes (33 trillion gigabytes) in 2018 to 175 zettabytes (175 trillion gigabytes) by the year 2025, businesses will have access to enormous amounts of both structured as well as unstructured data to mine, modify, and organize. As this data sphere expands at an accelerating rate, the dangers of revealing data owners or consumers including the patients and the staff of any organization and the hospital industry rise, and protection of personal privacy becomes more difficult to secure (McKeown 2022).

Figure 6: Annual data breach
(Source: McKeown 2022)

Whenever data leaks or breaches occur, the following repercussions may drastically harm an individual as well as indicate possible legal infractions, since many legislative bodies are increasingly enacting legislation that limits how personal information can be treated. The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) implemented by the European Union in April 2016 is a well-known regulation instance of this, which impacted the Consumer Privacy Act approved in June 2018 (McKeown 2022).

Applicable Principles

Legal principles against the AI issues in healthcare

• HIPAA requires regulated organizations to secure health information and patient records (information or data) when it relates to Protected Health Information (PHI). Dealing with any third-party provider has concerns that must be thoroughly examined. Whenever committing confidential material to an Artificial Intelligence vendor, healthcare institutions must create Business Associate Agreements (BAAs) to subject suppliers accountable for the same stringent data security requirements. As Artificial Intelligence technologies develop and healthcare businesses adopt AI into everyday activities, regulation loopholes remain to keep this technology in the shadows.

• Another principle that the healthcare industry must follow while implementing AI is that they need to offer full transparency to the system and the data information accountability of the patients in order to maintain their trust. In such cases, the placement and ownership of the computers and servers which keep and access patients' medical data for healthcare AI usage are critical. Without notable exceptions, laws must mandate that patient information be kept in the jurisdiction from where it was collected.

• Developing and applying artificial intelligence (AI) in order to strengthen national security & defense as well as strengthen the trusted collaborations by softening science and technology guidelines with the application of human judgment, particularly whenever an activity has the possibility to deprive people of civil liberties or intrude with one‘s fundamental freedoms of civil rights.

• Creating and implementing the best practices to increase the dependability, privacy, and precision of Artificial intelligence design, implementation, and usage. this will use best practices in cybersecurity to promote sustainable development and reduce the possibility of adversary impact.

• Legal principles shall offer adequate openness to the community and corporate clients about our AI methodologies, implementations, and uses, within the constraints of privacy, innovation, and reliability as defined by law and regulation, and in accordance with the IC's Principles of Information Visibility. it will create and implement systems to define roles and hold people accountable for the usage of AI and its results.

REFERENCES

Agrebi, S. and Larbi, A., 2020. Use of artificial intelligence in infectious diseases. In Artificial intelligence in precision health (pp. 415-438). Academic Press. doi: 10.1016/B978-0-12-817133-2.00018-5

Basu, K., Sinha, R., Ong, A. and Basu, T., 2020. Artificial intelligence: How is it changing medical sciences and its future?. Indian Journal of Dermatology, 65(5), p.365. doi: 10.4103/ijd.IJD_421_20

Gupta, R., Tanwar, S., Al-Turjman, F., Italiya, P., Nauman, A. and Kim, S.W., 2020. Smart contract privacy protection using AI in cyber-physical systems: tools, techniques and challenges. IEEE access, 8, pp.24746-24772. Doi: https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/stamp/stamp.jsp?arnumber=8976143

Ilchenko, V. 2020. AI Adoption in Healthcare: 10 Pros and Cons. [online] Byteant. Available at: https://www.byteant.com/blog/ai-adoption-in-healthcare-10-pros-and-cons/ [Accessed 1 Oct. 2022].

Lee, W.W., Zankl, W. and Chang, H., 2018. An ethical approach to data privacy protection.
Lexalytics. 2021. AI in Healthcare: Data Privacy and Ethics Concerns - Lexalytics. [online] Available at: https://www.lexalytics.com/blog/ai-healthcare-data-privacy-ethics-issues/ [Accessed 1 Oct. 2022].

McKeon, J. 2021. Security, Privacy Risks of Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare. [online] HealthITSecurity. Available at: https://healthitsecurity.com/features/amp/security-privacy-risks-of-artificial-intelligence-in-healthcare [Accessed 1 Oct. 2022].

McKeown, P. 2022. What Are the Risks of Artificial Intelligence? [online] Auditboard. Available at: https://www.auditboard.com/blog/what-are-risks-artificial-intelligence/ [Accessed 1 Oct. 2022].

Naik, N., Hameed, B.M., Shetty, D.K., Swain, D., Shah, M., Paul, R., Aggarwal, K., Ibrahim, S., Patil, V., Smriti, K. and Shetty, S., 2022. Legal and ethical consideration in artificial intelligence in healthcare: who takes responsibility?. Frontiers in surgery, p.266. DOI: https://doi.org/10.3389/fsurg.2022.862322

Piccialli, F., Di Cola, V.S., Giampaolo, F. and Cuomo, S., 2021. The role of artificial intelligence in fighting the COVID-19 pandemic. Information Systems Frontiers, 23(6), pp.1467-1497. DOI: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10796-021-10131-x

Walls, C. 2022. AI Algorithms for Disease Detection: Methodological Decisions for Development of Models Validated Through a Clinical, Analytical, and Commercial Lens. [online] Pharmaceutical Management Science Association. Available at: https://www.pmsa.org/jpmsa-vol08-article03 [Accessed 1 Oct. 2022].

CTEC104 Communication and Technology Assignment Sample

Assessment Task:

Formal reports are practical learning tasks where students apply the theories they have been studying to real world situations.

Given a scenario the students are required to collect information (primary and/or secondary) and prepare a report applying their research to make recommendations that address the business scenario.

This report should consist of the following parts: Executive Summary, Introduction, Objectives, Methodologies, Information Analysis, Findings, Recommendations, References, and Appendices (optional).

ASSESSMENT DESCRIPTION:

From paper to internet Luca, your team leader, has asked one of your colleagues, Imran, to develop and post on the internet information about how to lead a ‘greener’ life. Imran realised he needs to write scannable text and blend various models of presentation (text, graphic, design, pictures, sound, video and animation) but is uncertain about the mode(s) of presentation to use and asks your advice. Imran has requested you to think about the scenario and prepare a long report answering the following questions:

Questions:

1. Why web writers do more than just write.
2. Include a list of suggestions and discussion of activities to be undertaken in the initial planning.
3. Benefits of using the mosaic form of design for web pages rather than the traditional linear form.

Solution

Introduction

The study will focus on the real life situation and explore theory in order to relate with the issue of responsibility of web writers and also include suggestion and discussion for the initial planning. It will also explore the web pages traditional linear form and also identify the engagement with his audience. The focus of the study for assignment help is to explore the method of improving and discovering the website using the search optimization engine. It will also manage the web content importance.

Aims and Objectives

The study is to describe the importance of writers for their activity more than just right design.

? To identify the different activities of the writers.
? To explore the designs and methods used by the web writers.
? To identify the way the audience is addressed.

1. Methodologies

The study will focus on identifying the secondary qualitative study. It will provide appropriate evidence. The use of secondary data will be highly effective and efficient in the context of current study as it will provide resources and potential outcome within the context of the writing environment. The use of the philosophy of positivism will ensure a proper management of resources and perception of the reader.

2. Information Analysis

4.1 Activities of web writers

A writer of the web has to compose a written document in the blogs or the pages that are available on the web. They have no chance to use a notebook or pen to write their content, just like a formal writer. They have to use the artificial techniques of the internet to capture the attention of their viewers and encourage them to visit the new vlogs or the new pages on the web made by them. For the attraction, they always try to use some graphical representation like the graphics of the flash, which don’t need any formal writer. So they always needed wisdom in the field of the techniques of the internet. In some cases, the web pages have been used the SEO (search engine optimization), which helps them to organize their content in the system to get higher rank and also help them to make more efficient in the engine of the search that is web-based (Himmelstein et al 2019). So those things have not needed for a just writer.

The web writer those who have this job need to be good writers with a strong understanding of language and grammar, but also have an understanding of how the words they will compose will be exploited and presented in the online space. Depending on the job of the writer of the web, they need a great knowledge of the coding of the web, and they are also aware of the knowledge of building a language. There are several different ways to get this type of job, but people who have experience working in a company with blogging or a strong web presence may be the most attractive candidates for the recruiter. The work is often preferred by many people because it is often really flexible, and a huge amount of the work can be done from their home or on the basis of the freelance. Web writers always try to provide the content of articles and pages on the website to give the visitors something which is meaningful and interesting both. So this means that there is a huge difference between a normal writer and a writer of the web pages or a blog writer. A writer on the web needs a lot more knowledge than a normal writer.

4.2 Planning requirements

4.3 Create Objectives

The first move that is taken in planning is deciding the goal to be achieved during the planning term. The strategic plan made on a long-term basis may prioritise particular market share gains in the coming years (Hussain et al 2022, p. 69). In contrast, the division operating plan may prioritise the application of a new technique of monitoring orders and sales in the next quarter.

Mark is concerned with yearly goals for the department of sales, so he starts by defining goals which are concerned with the sales in the next year, as well as a job he would like to apply for that helps in automating the sales order process.

4.4 Task creation to achieve these goals

The further move is to create a checklist of tasks that must be executed to meet the defined objectives. For example, Mark determines the sales taking place on monthly basis required to meet the goal of sales he is aiming for, as well as chief tasks linked to the automation process, like tool selection, as well as training for the team on its use.

4.5 Required resources for completing the task

For fulfilling an objective some resources are required which should be identified at first. In this case, the term "resources" refers to both the human resource required to fulfil the plan and the supplies required to give support to those human resource (Hussain et al 2022, p. 69). This could include a sales administrator, salespeople, various supplies such as funds, and brochures for an advertisement propaganda which is intended to increase the number of prospects in the funnel of the team of sales.

4.6 Timeline

Now the identified resources must be allocated according to the need. For example, Mark decides that the campaigning of the marketing will start during the first quarter of this financial year, this will increase the marketing of the company in the second quarter of the following financial year. Based on Mark can easily calculate that how much resources is required to complete the task. If there is any shortage of salesperson it can be filled in the second half of the financial year.

4.7 Plan Implementation

This is the point at which other managerial functions enter the picture. Managers communicate the plan to employees clearly in this step to help turn plans into action. This step entails allocating resources, organising labour, and purchasing machinery.

4.8 Follow-Up Action

Follow-up refers to the process of constantly monitoring the plan and soliciting feedback at regular intervals. Monitoring plans are critical to ensuring that they are carried out according to schedule. It is to ensure that objectives are met. The regular checks and comparisons of results with set standards are performed.

3. Benefits of mosaic form

Creating a good design is very much important. When the audience visits the website, it gives them the first impression of one’s business. They will judge the business in a few seconds and in these seconds only a good design can make a positive impression in the minds of audiences. A good design aids one’s search engine optimization strategy.

When a website is designed with a traditional linear form it is organized with a middle, beginning, and end, more like a printed book would look. These days linear design is not used to design most websites, but it is very helpful in the presentation of long-form content, such as online texts and manuals. These days the mosaic form of web page designing has become a favourite free architecture portfolio website template to most designers. The mosaic form of web design is minimal, sophisticated, and minimal, the overall implementation is excellent, and its flexibility goes beyond the roof. It doesn’t matter what device a person is using. They can experience magnificent designs and creations; mosaic adapts to it fluently and instantly. It is like one will be having a lot of fun while creating their architecture website and so anyone could enjoy it while browsing. A website when designed in linear form, the website will usually present a table of content, like a book and it will have “next and “previous” buttons which allow paging through the whole site. It becomes monotonous (Sane 2020, p.58). For this reason, creating a good and strong impression with a striking and unique split-screen slider with a call-to-action button. Additionally, the Mosaic features scroll content load, animated statistics, sticky navigation, categorized portfolio section, and parallax effect. It also provides recommendations and logo sliders for clients, a contact section with full form, a full-page blog and Google maps as well as a newsletter subscription box. Anyone can create and design a web page using the Mosaic form of web design. It doesn’t require one should know the programming language. It can be created easily just by learning HTML. It is important to create a responsive web design to have a better visual experience, the experience of the user, and create a good impression from the user. Websites that were designed using the traditional linear form are monotonous like books, having an index, title bar, content, and “previous and next” buttons. The design created with the Mosaic form has a charming appearance that encourages the user to engage more with the website and also enhances their experience during surfing.

4. Conclusion

It can be said that the writers of the website have more responsibility to perform when it comes to the different environments. Initial planning requires a complex web of experience and managing to overcome the issue of design and traditional linear form. It has been noted that the planning of the writing and design provide a significant direction and control over the management of the organization.

5. Recommendations for improvement of the website

It is necessary for the web writer to play a crucial role in the management of the services in a significant and effective way. It is necessary for the writer to make the website more optimized and accessible to the user.

References

Himmelstein, D.S., Rubinetti, V., Slochower, D.R., Hu, D., Malladi, V.S., Greene, C.S. and Gitter, A., 2019. Open collaborative writing with Manubot. PLOS Computational Biology, 15(6), p.e1007128. https://journals.plos.org/ploscompbiol/article?id=10.1371/journal.pcbi.1007128

Hussain, R., Khan, M.Z. and Zahid, M.S., 2022. A Study on E-rozgar Opportunities for Pakistani ESL Graduates in Web Content Writing. Pakistan Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences, 10(1), pp.69-76. https://journals.internationalrasd.org/index.php/pjhss/article/view/588

Sane, P., 2020, May. Is the OWASP Top 10 list comprehensive enough for writing secure code?. In Proceedings of the 2020 International Conference on Big Data in Management (pp. 58-61). https://dl.acm.org/doi/abs/10.1145/3437075.3437089

COIT20248 Information System Analysis and Design Assignment Sample

REQUIREMENTS

Required tasks in this assignment assuming that the waterfall model has been chosen for implementing the new system. also, assuming that some parts of programs have been written/implemented and are ready, whereas some other parts/programs are not yet ready. complete the following tasks and document your work in your submission:

1. Testing:

a. list and discuss the various types of testing.

b. identify (and explain why) which types of testing are applicable to the new nqac.

c. for each applicable type of testing identified in (b) above, discuss in detail the following:

• when (i.e., in what phase(s) of the software development life cycle) should this type of testing be conducted?

• the procedures for applying this type of testing.

• the follow-up procedures in testing after checking the testing results.

• who are the main stakeholders involved in this type of testing?

2. as stated in the nqac business case, the current system is a primitive and manual. on the other hand, the new system should be more sophisticated and should be run on a web platform. it implies that the new system will need the historical data to be transformed in to new data files and a new database must be created to support the operation of the new system. in view of this requirement, what task/activity must be done to create these data files (or the database)?

how should this task/activity be conducted? please note you are not asked to create a data file or data base you only need to describe where how and by whom the new data will be prepared.

3. because the new system is running on a platform which is different from the existing system, the design of the new system will be largely different from the existing system. in view of this, describe in detail what techniques the project team can implement to help end users familiar coit20248 assessment 3 term 1, 2022 with the operation of the new system. for each of these techniques, discuss its advantages and disadvantages.

4. in view of the business operations of nqac, which system deployment option should be used? why? how to apply this option in nqac? (note: in this task, select the most appropriate option. in other words, you are not allowed to select two or more options.)

layout of your report your report should be organized using the following headings and guidelines: a “separate” cover title page

• should include the word count of your report in this cover page. if the word count of your report falls outside the range “1,500 words” (word count includes all contents except the cover title page and references), marks may be deducted from your submission.
an introduction

• briefly discuss the overall content of this report.

task 1

• discuss in detail all the questions and sub-questions of this task.

task 2

• discuss in detail all the questions and sub-questions of this task.

task 3

• discuss in detail all the questions and sub-questions of this task.

task 4

• discuss in detail all the questions and sub-questions of this task.

Note: in tasks 1 to 4 above, you may include figures to illustrate/support your answers, if you think that this is appropriate.

Solution

Introduction

Noac is an organization performing changes in the management system. the organization is shifting to digital mode of marketing. in this case, the staff members and the technicians impart significance in the research report. the technician involves various tasks in terms of customer handling and system functionalities. the website must include details of the ac, their types, installation methods, and testing types. moreover, it must include few more details about the facilities and benefits.

This report consists of several information regarding the testing background of ac such as cooling, heating, and humidity control. moreover, the various types testing methods, identification of the appropriate testing method, their application and performance. on the other hand, it also includes the activities performed to create a new data base and familiarity of the system with the traditional system. The overall reports for assignment help provides an idea of testing methods of the ac and how to conduct it.

Task 1

various types of testing in terms of nqac, they provides a various types of testing methods, it includes,

• air enthalpy calorimetric
• temperature testing
• variable capacity testing discussion air enthalpy calorimetric air enthalpy calorimetric is required for testing the temperature such as cooling and heating. it includes the two methods such as the calorimeter room method and indoor air enthalpy or psychometrics methods.The measurement in terms of energy input to a room is done by calorie metric room method.

Moreover, it controls the temperature by an ac unit (job, &amp; lidar, 2018). on the other hand, it maintains the air temperature inside the room at a constant value. whereas, the constant value is equivalent to the cooling capacity of the ac.

Indoor air enthalpy method it measures the air enthalpy such as air moving in and out of the ac indoor unit. in the case in changing the air enthalpy, it is multiplied by the rate of air flowing is equal to the cooling capacity of the indoor ac unit. test temperature in this case of ac installation, testing the temperature is essential for the identification of outdoor air temperature. moreover, it also includes testing the loading system, and average weight of the outdoor air temperature (mohanraj et al, 2012). these are used to measure the performance of the load system and also in calculating the efficiency metrics. it is divided into two segments, such as full load test conditions.

It is the method that includes the testing of air cooling condensers that works by evaporating the condensate. part load test conditions in this case, the capacity of humidification falls off. it is also termed as seasonal efficiencies that are required to measure the efficiency. the measurements are particularly done in part-load and full- load capacity. it controls the cooling and heating load by using the relative cooling and heating load hours.

Variable capacity testing in the case of variable capacity testing, it includes the demands of heating and cooling loads of an ac. it maintains proper cooling inside the room. moreover, it has the ability to dehumidifying. it also includes the compressor speed. the main purpose of ac compressor is to control the refrigerant under the pressure in the system. In this case, change in pressure takes place. the low pressure has converts to high pressure gas (prabakaran et al., 2022). on the other hand, the compressor speed determines the rate of refrigerant flow. the motor capacity and frequency varies in this case. the motor speed decreases with increase in capacity output. identification on the type of testing the type of testing which is applicable for the new nqac is temperature testing. in this case, temperature testing is essential for better maintenance of ac performance and servicing. it includes the loading system and weight of the outdoor air temperature. it overviews the overall performance and efficiency of the system. in terms, nqac includes the methods in their installation techniques to improve their service towards their potential customers and new customers as well. as the organization has shifted to digital mode it is necessary to provide temperature testing (dias et al., 2016). it is one of the unique features that nqac must include their management system. it deals with the loading system such as cooling and heating procedures. moreover, it is one of the servicing methods that include checking the performance and efficiency of the system. moreover, it supports the organization in getting a separate customer base. by providing the necessary facilities and meeting the customers’ demand will lead the organizational development digitally.

Task 2

Activities performed to create the database the responsible technician, users, and analysts are required to prepare the new database. The databases are mainly collected from the organizational growth report, feedback report, and other organizational data resources (zhang et al., 2014). in the end, the database is stored in the cloud system database. it is a significant way to store, secure, and protect the data. the website must be encrypted with the cloud computing systems.

Task 3

The similarity in the new system there are still some features and functionalities in the existing system, that are similar to the new proposed system. however, these are essential to evaluate and document to determine all the appropriate system features that are effective and sustainable in nature (blum et al., 2019).
however, this is the responsibility of the project manager, to document and supervise all the system similarities, which must be unchanged in further development procedures as well. the previous system was manual with different business process complexities such as poor cost and time effective
time management.the particular similarities are,

• core supply chain system and management process
• billing and packaging
• team culture and team distribution
• research and development system

Advantages

All of these similarities come with particular business advantages. these advantages can be implemented through effective management and critical analysis of the current business scenario

with the proposed system technology. the advantages are,

• better business management and documentation
• better finance management and resource supply maintenance
• shorter processing time
• advanced database management and analysis
• better market analysis and report evaluation
• effective business process improvement with digital technology implementation

Disadvantages

organizational disadvantages are also associated with these business system similarities. these must be considered and evaluated accordingly, to avoid the negative consequences. this is the responsibility of the project manager, to document and evaluate these disadvantages accordingly. this will not only lead to effective precaution but also will improve the business system and management.

Task 4

System deployment options

The system development can also be categorised into different system development options such as agile development, lean development, etc. these two are the major development methods or options available for the project. this depends on the compatibility and effectiveness of the business model.

Agile management or development option has the idea of equal and effective work distribution between the teams with effective engagement. it also provides better flexibility and innovation in the development phase (shah et al., 2013). though, it also causes different complexities such as poor time and resource management for continuous system changes with feedback analysis. in spite of that, the lean development option will be the most effective and appropriate in this case, as the system should follow the appropriate development strategy and planning. this is only the developer to call site band quantity analysis of different business requirements and system analysis.

this is also effective for resource management and eventual results (goetzler et al., 2016). overall, this analysis can establish that the lean management option will be most effective as a development option for the information system technology of the organisation. application of the option in the application phase, the project manager is responsible to develop appropriate and most effective planning that can develop the proposed system technology. in the next phase, open analysis and different reports who is implemented and the development phase will be started. The management authority and project manager will motivate and supervise the whole department for better analysis and further changes (if required). finally, the system will go through a proper testing procedure and feedback analysis that can improve the quality and service in a real-life business scenario.

Conclusion

To conclude, the testing method impacts a major significance in ac installation. the organization nqac provides a unique feature of temperature testing methods that can gradually increase the market demands. the facilities provided by the organization support gaining potential customers in the future. it helps in maximum registration and booking of products gradually. as the organization is recently shifting to a digital mode of marketing, it is essential to analyze the advantages and disadvantages of the conduction of the new system. developing the testing method leads the organization to follow the market trends, market demands, and customers’ requirements.

References

blum, d.h., arendt, k., rivalin, l., piette, m.a., wetter, m. and veje, c.t., 2019. practical factors of envelope model setup and their effects on the performance of model predictive control for building heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems. applied energy, 236, pp.410-425.

dias, g.m., margi, c.b., de oliveira, f.c. and bellalta, b., 2016. cloud empowered self-managing wsns. arxiv preprint arxiv:1607.03607.

goetzler, w., guernsey, m., young, j., fujrman, j. and abdelaziz, a., 2016. the future of air conditioning for buildings (no. doe/ee-1394). navigant consulting, burlington, ma (united states). job, j. and lidar, d., 2018. test-driving 1000 qubits. quantum science and technology, 3(3),p.030501.

mohanraj, m., jayaraj, s. and muraleedharan, c., 2012. applications of artificial neural networks for refrigeration, air-conditioning and heat pump systems—a review. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 16(2), pp.1340-1358.

prabakaran, r., sidney, s., lal, d.m., harish, s. and kim, s.c., 2022. experimental performance of a mobile air conditioning unit with small thermal energy storage for idle stop/start vehicles. journal of thermal analysis and calorimetry, 147(8), pp.5117-5132.

shah, n., waide, p. and phadke, a., 2013. cooling the planet: opportunities for deployment of superefficient room air conditioners (no. lbnl-6164e). lawrence berkeley national lab.(lbnl), berkeley, ca (united states).

zhang, t., liu, x. and jiang, y., 2014. development of temperature and humidity independent control (thic) air-conditioning systems in china—a review. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 29, pp.793-803.

ITECH5402 Enterprise Systems Assignment Sample

Objective:

This assessment task has been designed to help you deepen your understanding of ERP/Enterprise Systems. It comprises both team and individual components.

Aim:

You have to produce a clearly articulated and well-researched enterprise system evaluation report to be given to the Board of Directors of GBI to successfully assist the organisation with choosing the correct software product to implement for their enterprise. Please refer to the GBI Case Document.

Learning Outcomes:

Evaluate and compare various types of enterprise resource planning (ERP) software solutions and their application in global business contexts.
Identify the main suppliers, products, and application domains of enterprise-wide packages.
Demonstrate communication skills to present a coordinated, coherent, and independent exposition of knowledge and ideas in dealing with enterprise systems.

Structure:

• Introduction

• Case Context, establishing the need for enterprise systems

• ERP Selection, indicating identification and comparison of several ERP systems

• Benefits to be gained from the ERP package proposed

• 3-4 additional technology required to meet the needs of the organisation. Ideally, each team member must identify one (1) technology to be included in the team report. This makes up the individual component.

• Concluding remarks, summarising the content of the report Demonstrate depth and breadth of reading to include a comprehensive reference list

• Use APA referencing style for all references in the body of text and in reference list

• Include readings from: Journals, Conference proceedings, presentations, books/book chapters, or any other significant sources.

Solution

Introduction

Enterprise resource planning defines a process used by the companies to combine and manage the importance of their business. ERP software is important for companies as they help them to execute resource planning by combining all the processes to run a company with a single system. ERP software combines human resources, marketing, finance, sales, planning, purchasing inventory, etc. This report aims to do a study analysis on the company ‘Bike Global Group’ as to how they work with their resources and how it manages distribution, selling, partnership, etc. The objective of the company was to manage the company with new resources and make bikes for both the genders males and females and to do work within the collaboration. Another objective of this report is to emphasize the benefits of implementing an ERP system for the Global Bike Groups for every management. This report highlights the background of Global Biker Groups and the various problems faced by them during the expansion of the company. This report throws light on how ERP systems allow the company to overcome these obstacles. This report also includes additional technologies that can be implemented in the company for the development of this company.

Case Context, establishing the need for enterprise systems:

Background

The Global Bike Group manufacture bike for long-distance and off-trail racing. Its founders designed their first bike, nearly 20 years ago as they had to win races and the bikes that were available at that time were not of high standards. So, they started the company named ‘Global Bike’ and started to deliver high-performance bicycles to the world’s most demanding riders. John Davis started it’s making his bike when he realized that the mass-produced bike was not fit for racing and rebuilt from other bikes into a single ‘Frankenstein’ bike that lead him to victory in the national championship. This made him famous and started his own company at a slow pace. At the nearly same time, Peter Schwarz designed their bike and slowly his bike turned into a small company which he, later on, get partnered with local companies. Fortunately, Peter and John met each other in 2000 and realizes their passion for business models, and collaborated and distributed their work for best assignment help.

Problems in the Global Bike Group

During the expansion phase, the Global Bike Group was being subjected to more workload. This workload leads to the various problem that has to be faced by the Global Bike Group. The process of management of these company become more tangible and dealing with the demands of the bikes according to the customer become their primary objective. This leads the company to lower its management process and handling such a huge company without a proper management plan was a tough job to achieve (Gallego, Mejia & Calderon, 2020). In the case study, it was seen that working after the collaboration and working together as a whole new company that comprises different departments needed a whole new management system. Sticking to outdated management techniques leads to ineffective and lesser productivity (Anatolievna & Anatolievna, 2018). But this did not keep them back from producing more products at that time.

Another problem faced by the company was that they were not achieving the required demands at that moment. After seeing lesser sales of the finished product they soon came to know that they need modifications on the bikes to fulfill new demands according to the changing requirements of the bike. Very less customer interaction was one of the biggest problems faced by any company (Goodman, 2019). On the other hand, this growing expansion of market and distribution demanded a more accurate management system to handle and supervise such a big network that includes the marketing department, sales department, research and development department, and production department.

Solution

Requirements and needs are the factors responsible for the alteration in product quality. Changing product manufacturing needs alteration in the manufacturing process and working of departments. To manage everyday changes in a company irrespective of the intensity of the change, a company needs to have a proper management technique through which effective management of various departments can be possible. The ERP system software provides the same requirement that can handle everyday work and processes of different departments in a single place. As in the case study, various problems related to the management of different departments include the manufacturing department, production department, sales department, distributor department, and many more. This ERP system software provides a proper management platform and smooth function of different departments. Handling of the distributer through ERP can be achieved in a simple way (Costa, Aparico & Raposo, 2020). The company can easily supervise the over the working through this system software.

Another biggest problem of customer interaction can also be solved by ERP system software. ERP system allows the company to store previous interactions with the same customer and can continue with conversation from where they left off. This enables the company to understand the customer and requirements of the customer more accurately which will eventually help the company to provide better customer service. This also makes the company more responsive to the requirement of the customer (Khan, Asim & Manzoor, 2020). This ERP can reduce the burden of expansion which results in more susceptibility to tangible network management and allows the company for further extension. In this way, ERP system software can overcome the problems faced by the company.

ERP Selection, indicating identification and comparison of several ERP systems

Different ERP:

SAP ERP System:

Since System Analysis Program has been started in 1992. This system is good for all types of businesses. Broad scope challenges of business data solutions are provided by ERPs (Al-Sabri, Al-Mashari & Chikh, 2018). To choose any software from this system, the company provides a free trial offer so that users can experience a product.

Oracle ERP System:

This resource planning is the leader in the computing space. It provides its own data management to the various industries. In keeping the view of business, it is designed at small, medium, and global levels. The companies who need to transfer and share large amounts of data or merge several companies can use this system (Amini & Abukari, 2020). It is very beneficial for them to use this ERP system.

Microsoft ERP System

Microsoft is one of the most wide-ranging software companies in the world that are selling an ERP called Dynamics 365. Their ERPs are cloud-based. This can be used by every business of every size, but it depends upon the varying price (Zadeh etal., 2020). Dynamics 365 can be used for human resources, customer service, retail operations, marketing, project automation, and so on.

IFS ERP System

Industrial and Financial systems are the leading source of enterprise-level software. It is a Sweden-based company that is providing services and solutions to manufacturers and organizations since 1983 (Grobler-Debska et al., 2021). This ERP highlights its software programs in terms of coordination and flexibility.

Comparison

Selection

Oracle ERP is best for the organization as it is designed in such a way that it can deal with every level of the business whether it is medium, large, or global. This ERP is the leader in the cloud computing space. It covers database management for a variety of industries in sales, marketing, manufacturing, and distribution. This software is too ideal for Global Bike Company as it can help get efficient in a large amount of data (Kakkar, 2021). Oracle ERP can help them in the merging of several companies. As management is very much necessary in the company in every part. As Global Bike company needs management as well as advanced capabilities that can be gained through this ERP. It can help the company to quickly react to market changes and shifts. Oracle ERP provides a space for the company to be updated always in the current situation and can get an advantage in the market as per their competition (Elbahri et al., 2019). This ERP is the best for the management of marketing, manufacturing, sales, and the distribution sector. Oracle ERP is the modern, complete, cloud ERP. The global company should have this ERP to be in this competitive market, to manage their database, to have a look over the shifts in the market, and to get updates on the current market. As of this ERP, Global Company can make the best use of it. This ERP helps to reduce business costs too and make companies’ analytics accurate too.

Benefits of ERP system

ERP system enhances business management models and functions that include preparation, inventory management, planning, order processing, production, financing, and many more. The most advantageous point which can be seen over the system is the capabilities to check and update in real-time and also enables to supervise the organization management (Rouhani & Mehri, 2018). Some other benefits of the ERP system can be brought up as key points as follows:

Data Integrated information across various departments.

Data integration refers to the process of gathering data in one place from the different departments which provides a single room for organizing data and data management. This also frames a base platform for the data analysis and production overview. For example, the data collected may originate from many sources like marketing software, customer application, CRM system, etc. All this information is required to be collected in one place for analysis for further action (Tarigan, Siagian, & Jie, 2020). The data integration task is managed by the developer and data engineers of the Company. All branches of Global Bike Groups are situated in different geographic locations, this company is required to deliver the data and services across their different branches. For these types of situations, the ERP system provides data integration which enables the organization to manage the data of different branches and different departments in one place.

Reduced data redundancy and processes

Another problem of data redundancy can be solved through an ERP system. With a data integration service facilitated by an ERP system, the same data kept in different places can be eliminated. After the foundation of Global Bike Group, expansion become the most significant part and it was seen more often in that case study. With the expansion of the company, handling of the data became more strenuous (Kumar, 2018). ERP system will ensure consistency in the work and required information can be received whenever needed in the company. Reliability of the data can be achieved with this system which was the biggest advantage of data redundancy to confirm the correctness of data while avoiding data redundancy at the same time (Chopra et at., 2022). Data redundancy enables the employee to get quick access to information as it was available on multiple platforms but this advantage is also covered by the ERP system.

Data security for the organization

Technology is the key to this globalization. Technology and globalization bring us close to the importance of data in digital platforms and its security. Dealing with a huge amount of data is the primary responsibility of any organization. All organization keeps their confidential as well as personal information along with their marketing information in a computer-based program for management purpose. Accidently losing such data can distort the organization’s work (Trunia et al., 2018). For any company, data are the most important aspect to record and maintain safety. These data can be very useful in the further decision-making process which will allow the company to generate higher revenue. ERP system will allow more security for the data of any organization or company.

Effective communication across different departments

With the foundation and expansion of the Global Bike Group in the case study from a single individual to a world-class company, many departments were set up within the company, and also many branches were set up at different locations across the globe. Effective communication is the key to proper working and managing a vast company. Proper channels of communication are required for smooth functioning (Aboabdo, Aldhoiena & AI-Amrib, 2019). Data sharing across the different department are equally important through effective communication. This effective communication of data sharing in Global Bikes Group can be achieved through ERS system. This ERS system also avoids conflicts in the department as the data is properly managed and organized in a single place in a computer-based program.

Additional technologies required by the organization

New technologies are emerging every day. To fulfill the demands and survival in the competitive market, companies and organizations need to keep themselves up to date with the upcoming new technologies. These technologies allow them to channel their work properly and increase the production of products with better quality (Biswas & Visell, 2019). Apart from the ERP system, Global Bikes Group is required to implement many new technologies to fulfill the need of the company. Some of them are listed below:

AI

The traditional methods for maintaining and running an organization can no longer keep up with these fast pace evolving requirements and complex demands of the customers. This drive organization to utilize technologies based on AI for interpretation and fulfillment of the demand of customers. AI is a computer-based software that performs given tasks close to human mind capabilities (De Cremer, 2021). AI generate more revenue and perform better in completing complex task which ultimately promotes the organization’s growth.

In the Case study, it was seen that after the establishment of Global Bikes Group became a vast company, managing such a big company was stressful. The tasks became more complex due to the demand of the customer (Wamba-Taguimdje, 2020). In these situations, AI can be very helpful in completing complex tasks and analyzing the demands of the customer to come up with a better result.

CRM

CRM is the abbreviation of Customer Relationship Management. CRM software is a tool that can be used to store data like marketing, sales, and customer services together with policies and customers in one place. When the business model on expanding, it became difficult to handle so the need for a remote CRM also increased (Kampani & Jhamb, 2020). This remote CRM enables them to manage sales productivity and also provide the proper platform to work with their staff and customer together.

CRM software is modifiable and it can be easily modified according to the customer and the organization’s needs. Many enterprises are already using CRM software for increasing marketing, customer support, and sales. Established companies use CRM software to increase the interaction of customers with the company which helps them find out the flaws in the product (Boulton, 2019). CRM can be modified by Global Bikes Group to respond to their customer requirements.

Cloud Management Platform

With technological advancement, the organization also needs to upgrade itself. This includes using various online services to be offered by the organizations. Cloud computing platform offers a variety of services (Lv et al., 2018). In the cloud, third-party service providers develop applications that can be accessed by users.

Features of Clouds

• It can handle multiple clouds.
• It allows controlling cost.
• User-friendly interface.
• It also reduces complexity in infrastructure.

Cloud is a fundamental part of the process of digitalizing of organization. However, as clouds become more and more complex cloud management platforms become the need for the organization to fully exploit the benefits of clouds. These cloud management platforms are important components that can be used to manage these clouds. Global Bike Group can implement a cloud management platform to enable various services over the internet through clouds.

Blockchain

Blockchain work on a shared network with a decentralized authority. It can benefit the organization in the following ways:

Public

Organizations always try to interact with their customers. Organizations create a network of federation Blockchain merging public and private networks. They keep their professional data on the private network and use the public network to connect with their customer (Bodkhe et al., 2020).

Transaction Cost

Organizations are always concerned about their security. Blockchain has an intense level of security and secure transaction through this network using cryptocurrency that cannot be easily tracked. This enables organizations to make their trading more confidential.

No intermediates

Intermediates service providers are always subjected to trust issues. Most of the fraud cases are linked through these intermediaries. In Blockchain, organizations do not have intermediaries so it saves the extra charges for providing their services and also reduces the chances of fraudulent cases (Morkunas, Paschen & Boon, 2019).

Conclusion

Expansion of an organization or a company makes the company more complex and management of such a big organization becomes a challenge. The load of work for each sector and department becomes complex and increases and becomes harder to manage. For a huge company as seen in the case study, the growing demands of the customer pressurize the company to the production of more and better products. This makes the workspace more crowded and the process more tangible. Here comes the need for proper management techniques for the organization. The ERP system is more of a management technique achieved through computer software. This allows the organization to handle everyday work like project management, supply of goods, project progress, accounting, sales, etc. From the report, it was seen that Global Bike Group faces many problems during the early stage and after the expansion of the Company. Problems like handling the expanded market situated in different geographical locations, dealing with the demand of increased customers through customer interaction, etc. From both perspectives of John Davis and Peter Schwarz, managing individual departments like VIP marketing, Chief Financial Official, VIP Human Resources, Chief Information Officer, VIP operations, and VIP Research and Development become tangible and they had to involve on the ground level with the staff to manage. All of these problems faced by the company can be solved through computer software based on the ERP system. Apart from solving the problem faced by the company, ERP based software system offers many benefits that include data integration, data security, and effective communications and also reduces data redundancy. Many additional technologies can also benefit the Global Bikes Group like AI, Cloud Management Platforms, CRM, and Blockchain for the development of the company in the era of technologies. Benefits like confidentiality of trading, Cloud management, user-friendly customer interactions, etc. will lead the company to achieve greater heights in the long run.

References

AboAbdo, S., Aldhoiena, A., & Al-Amrib, H. (2019). Implementing Enterprise Resource Planning ERP system in a large construction company in KSA. Procedia Computer Science, 164, 463-470.

Al-Sabri, H. M., Al-Mashari, M., & Chikh, A. (2018). A comparative study and evaluation of ERP reference models in the context of ERP IT-driven implementation: SAP ERP as a case study. Business Process Management Journal.

Amini, M., & Abukari, A. M. (2020). ERP Systems Architecture For The Modern Age: A Review of The State of The Art Technologies. Journal of Applied Intelligent Systems and Information Sciences, 1(2), 70-90.

Anatolievna, A. L., & Anatolievna, S. I. (2018). Strategic management of competitive agribusiness organizations model. International Journal of Advanced Studies, 8(2), 9-21.

Biswas, S., & Visell, Y. (2019). Emerging material technologies for haptics. Advanced Materials Technologies, 4(4), 1900042.
Bodkhe, U., Tanwar, S., Parekh, K., Khanpara, P., Tyagi, S., Kumar, N., & Alazab, M. (2020). Blockchain for industry 4.0: A comprehensive review. IEEE Access, 8, 79764-79800.

Boulton, R. (2019). Creating and Managing a CRM Platform for your Organisation. Gower.
Chopra, R., Sawant, L., Kodi, D., & Terkar, R. (2022). Utilization of ERP systems in the manufacturing industry for productivity improvement. Materials Today: Proceedings.

Costa, C. J., Aparicio, M., & Raposo, J. (2020). Determinants of the management learning performance in ERP context. Heliyon, 6(4), e03689.

De Cremer, D. (2021). With AI entering organizations, responsible leadership may slip!. AI and Ethics, 1-3.

Elbahri, F. M., Al-Sanjary, O. I., Ali, M. A., Naif, Z. A., Ibrahim, O. A., & Mohammed, M. N. (2019, March). Difference comparison of SAP, Oracle, and Microsoft solutions based on cloud ERP systems: A review. In 2019 IEEE 15th International Colloquium on Signal Processing & Its Applications (CSPA) (pp. 65-70). IEEE.

Gallego, C., Mejía, G. M., & Calderón, G. (2020). Strategic design: origins and contributions to intellectual capital in organizations. Journal of Intellectual Capital, 21(6), 873-891.

Goodman, J. (2019). Strategic customer service: Managing the customer experience to increase positive word of mouth, build loyalty, and maximize profits. Amacom.
Grobler-Debska, K., ?ak, B., Baranowski, J., Kucharska, E., & Domagala, A. (2021, August). Research on effective analysis and forecasting of demand in ERP systems-case studies. In 2021 25th International Conference on Methods and Models in Automation and Robotics (MMAR) (pp. 291-296). IEEE.

Kakkar, P. (2021). Business transfomation with cloud ERP. International Journal of Management IT and Engineering, 11(3), 27-31.

Kampani, N., & Jhamb, D. (2020). Analyzing the role of e-crm in managing customer relations: A critical review of the literature. Journal of Critical Review, 7(4), 221-226.

Khan, U., Asim, M., & Manzoor, S. (2020). Improving supply chain management of a distribution firm using ERP System. European Journal of Business and Management Research, 5(2).

Kumar, A. (2018). The Impact of Erp Systems on Business Decision-Making in Pharmaceutical Company. ZENITH International Journal of Business Economics & Management Research, 8(4), 58-63.

Lv, Z., Tan, Z., Wang, Q., & Yang, Y. (2018). Cloud computing management platform of human resource based on mobile communication technology. Wireless Personal Communications, 102(2), 1293-1306.

Morkunas, V. J., Paschen, J., & Boon, E. (2019). How blockchain technologies impact your business model. Business Horizons, 62(3), 295-306.

Motahar, S. M., Mukhtar, M., Mohd Satar, N. S., Ma’arif, M. Y., & Mostafavi, S. (2018). Towards a product independent ERP training model: An Insight from a literature review. Available at SSRN 3786560.

Rouhani, S., & Mehri, M. (2018). Empowering benefits of ERP systems implementation: empirical study of industrial firms. Journal of systems and information technology.
Tarigan, Z. J. H., Siagian, H., & Jie, F. (2020). The role of top management commitment to enhancing the competitive advantage through ERP integration and purchasing strategy. International Journal of Enterprise Information Systems (IJEIS), 16(1), 53-68.

Trunina, I. M., Vartanova, O., Sushchenko, O. A., & Onyshchenko, O. (2018). Introducing ERP system as a condition of information security and accounting system transformation.

Zadeh, A. H., Zolbanin, H. M., Sengupta, A., & Schultz, T. (2020). Enhancing ERP learning outcomes through microsoft dynamics. Journal of Information Systems Education, 31(2), 83-95.

TITP105 The IT Professional Assignment Sample

ASSESSMENT DESCRIPTION:

Students are required to analyse the weekly lecture material of weeks 1 to 11 and create concise content analysis summaries (reflective journal report) of the theoretical concepts contained in the course lecture slides.

Where the lab content or information contained in technical articles from the Internet or books helps to fully describe the lecture slide content, discussion of such theoretical articles or discussion of the lab material should be included in the content analysis.

The document structure is as follows (3500 Words):

1. Title Page

2. Introduction (100 words)

3. Background (100 words)

4. Content analysis (reflective journals) for each week from 1 to 11 (3200 words; approx. 300 words per week):

a. Theoretical Discussion

i. Important topics covered
ii. Definitions

b. Interpretations of the contents

i. What are the most important/useful/relevant information about the content?

c. Outcome

i. What have I learned from this?

5. Conclusion (100 words)

Your report must include:
• At least five references, out of which, three references must be from academic resources.
• Harvard Australian referencing for any sources you use.
• Refer to the Academic Learning Skills student guide on Referencing.

GENERAL NOTES FOR ASSESSMENT TASKS

Content for Assessment Task papers should incorporate a formal introduction, main points and conclusion.
Appropriate academic writing and referencing are inevitable academic skills that you must develop and demonstrate in work being presented for assessment. The content of high quality work presented by a student must be fully referenced within-text citations and a Reference List at the end.

Solution

1. Introduction

The main aim to write this reflective journal report is to analyse the lectures of weeks 1 to 11 regarding ethics in information technology. This reflective journal will describe various roles for IT professionals and social, personal, legal and ethical impacts arising from their work. The role of the professional associations which are available to IT professionals will also be described in this reflective journal. It will assess the relationship between IT professionals and the issues of governance, ethics and corporate citizenship. I will critically analyse and review the IT professional Codes of Conduct and Codes of Ethics in this reflective journal report. This will help to develop a personal ethical framework for best assignment help.

2. Background

Technology offers various opportunities and benefits to people worldwide. However, it also gives the risk of abolishing one's privacy. Information technology must conduct business or transfer Information from one place to another in today's era. With the development of Information Technology, the ethics in information technology has become important as information technology can harm one's Intellectual property rights. Ethics among IT professionals can be defined as their attitude in order to complete something base on their behaviour. IT professionals need to have high ethics to process the data to control, manage, analyse, maintain, control, design, store and implement. Information Technology professionals face several challenges in their profession. It is their role and responsibility to solve these issues. The ethics of information technology professionals guide them to handle these issues in their work.

3. Content analysis

Week 1

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

In week 1, an overview of Ethics was discussed. Ethical behaviours generally accepted norms that evolve according to the evolving needs of the society or social group who share similar values, traditions and laws. Morals are the personal principles that guide an individual to make decisions about right and wrong (Reynolds, 2018). On the other hand, the law is considered as a system of rules which guide and control an individual to do work.

ii. Definitions

Corporate Social Responsibility: Corporate social responsibility adheres to organisational ethics. It is a concept of management that aims to integrate social and environmental concerns for promoting well-being through business operations (Carroll and Brown, 2018, p. 39). Organisational ethics and employee morale lead to greater productivity for managing corporate social responsibility.

b. Interpretation

The complex work environment in today's era makes it difficult to implement Codes of Ethics and principles regarding this in the workplace. In this context, the idea of Corporate Social Responsibility comes. CSR is the continuing commitment by a business that guides them to contribute in the economic development and in ethical behaviour which have the potentiality to improve the life quality and living of the employees and local people (Kumar, 2017,p. 5). CSR and good business ethics must create an organisation that operates consistently and fosters well-structured business practices.

c. Outcome

From these lectures in the 1st week, I have learned the basic concepts of ethics and their role and importance in business and organisation. There are several ways to improve business ethics in an organisation by establishing a corporate code of ethics, establishing a board of directors to set high ethical standards, conducting social audits and including ethical quality criteria in their organisation's employee appraisal. I have also learned the five-step model of ethical decision making by defining the problem, identifying alternatives, choosing an alternative, implementing the final decisions and monitoring the outcomes.

Week 2

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

In the 2nd week, the ethics for IT professionals and IT users were discussed. IT workers are involved in several work relationships with employers, clients, suppliers, and other professionals. The key issues in the relationship between the IT workers and the employer are setting and implementing policies related to the ethical use of
IT, whistleblowing and safeguarding trade secrets. The BSA |The Software Alliance and Software and Information Industry Association (SIIA) trade groups represent the world's largest hardware and software manufacturers. Their main aim is to prevent unauthorised copying of software produced by their members.

ii. Definition

Whistle-blowing refers to the release of information unethically by a member or a former member of an organisation which can cause harm to the public interest(Reynolds, 2018). For example, it occurs when an employee reveals that their company is undergoing inappropriate activities (Whistleblowing: balancing on a tight rope, 2021).

b. Interpretation

The key issues in the relationship between IT workers and clients are preventing fraud, misinterpretation, the conflict between client's interests and IT workers' interests. The key issues in the relationship between the IT workers and the suppliers are bribery, separation of duties and internal control. IT professionals need to monitor inexperienced colleagues, prevent inappropriate information sharing and demonstrate professional loyalty in their workplace. IT workers also need to safeguard against software piracy, inappropriate information sharing, and inappropriate use of IT resources to secure the IT users' privacy and Intellectual property rights and ethically practice their professions so that their activities do not harm society and provide benefits to society.

c. Outcome

I have learnt the various work relationships that IT workers share with suppliers, clients, IT users, employers and other IT professionals.

Week 3

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

In week 3, the ethics for IT professionals and IT users further discussed extensively, and the solutions to solve several issues that IT professionals’ faces were discussed. IT professionals need to have several characteristics to face these issues and to solve them effectively. These characteristics are the ability to produce high-quality results, effective communication skills, adhere to high moral and ethical standards and have expertise in skills and tools.

ii. Definition

A professional code of ethics is the set of principles that guide the behaviour of the employees in a business (Professional code of ethics [Ready to use Example] | Workable, 2021). It helps make ethical decisions with high standards of ethical behaviour, access to an evaluation benchmark for self-assessment, and trust and respect with the general public in business organisations.

b. Interpretation

Licensing and certification increase the effectiveness and reliability of information systems. IT professionals face several ethical issues in their jobs like inappropriate sharing of information, software piracy and inappropriate use of computing resources.

c. Outcome

I have learned several ways that organisations use to encourage the professionalism of IT workers. A professional code of ethics is used for the improvement of the professionalism of IT workers. I have learnt several ways to improve their ethical behaviour by maintaining a firewall, establishing guidelines for using technology, structuring information systems to protect data and defining an AUP.

Week 4

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

In week 4, the discussion was focused on the intellectual property and the measurements of the organisations to take care of their intellectual properties. Intellectual property is the creations of the mind, like artistic and literary work, inventions, symbols and designs used in an organisation. There are several ways to safeguard an organisation's intellectual property by using patents, copyright, trademark and trade secret law.

ii. Definition

A patent is an exclusive right to the owner of the invention about the invention, and with the help of that the owner have the full power to decide that the how the inventios will be used in future(Reynolds, 2018). Due to the presence of Digital Millennium Copyright Act, the access of technology protected works has become illegal.. It limits the liability of ISPs for copyright violation by their consumers. Trademarks are the signs which distinguish the goods and services of an organisation from that of other organisations. There are several acts that protect Trademarks secrets, such as the Economic Espionage Act and Uniform Trade Secrets Acts.

b. Interpretation

Open-source code can be defined by any program which have the available source code for modification or use. Competitive intelligence refers to a systematic process initiated by an organisation to gather and analyse information about the economic and socio-political environment and the other competitors of the organisation (Shujahat et al. 2017, p. 4). Competitive intelligence analysts must avoid unethical behaviours like misinterpretation, lying, bribery or theft. Cybercasters register domain names for famous company names or trademarks with no connection, which is completely illegal.

c. Outcome

I have learnt several current issues related to the protection of intellectual property, such asreverse engineering,competitive intelligence,cybersquatting, and open-source code. For example, reverse engineering breaks something down to build a copy or understand it or make improvements. Plagiarism refers to stealing someone's ideas or words without giving them credits.

Week 5

a. Theoretical Discussion

i. Important topics covered

The ethics of IT organisations include legal and ethical issues associated with contingent workers. Overview of whistleblowing and ethical issues associated with whistleblowing is being addressed (Reynolds, 2018). Green computing is the environmental and eco-friendly use of resources and technology(Reynolds, 2018). In this topic, there is the definition of green computing and what is initially the organisations are taking to adopt this method.

ii. Definition

Offshore Outsourcing: This is a process of outsourcing that provides services to employees currently operating in a foreign country(Reynolds, 2018). Sometimes the service is provided to different continents. In the case of information technology, the offshore outsourcing process is common and effective. It generally takes place when the company shifts some parts or all of its business operation into another country for lowering cost and improving profit.

b. Interpretation

The most relevant information about the context is whistleblowing and green computing. Whistleblowing is the method of drawing public attention to understand unethical activity and misconduct behaviour within private, public, and third sector organisations (HRZone. 2021).

c. Outcome

After reading the book, I have learned that green computing and whistleblowing are vital factors for the organisation's work. I have also learned about the diverse workforce in tech firms and the factors behind the trend towards independent contractors—the need and effect of H1-B workers in the organisation. Furthermore, the legal and ethical issues associated with green computing and whistleblowing have also been made.

Week 6

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

In this chapter, the importance of software quality and important strategies to develop a quality system. Software quality is defined as the desirable qualities of software products. Software quality consists of two main essential approaches include quality attributes and defect management. Furthermore, the poor-quality software also caused a huge problem in the organisation (Reynolds, 2018). The development model including waterfall and agile development methodology. Lastly, the capability maturity model integration which is a process to improve the process.

ii. Definition

System-human interface: The system-human interface helps improve user experience by designing proper interfaces within the system(Reynolds, 2018). The process facilitates better interaction between users and machines. It is among the critical areas of system safety. The system performance depends largely upon the system-human interface. The interaction between humans and the system takes place through an interaction process. Better interaction improves UX.

b. Interpretation

The useful information about the context is the software quality and the important strategies to improve the quality of software. The Capability Maturity Model Integration is the next generation of CMM, and it is the more involved model incorporating the individual disciplines of CMM like system engineering CMM and people CMM (GeeksforGeeks. 2021).

c. Outcome

After reading the context, I have concluded that software quality is one of the essential elements for the development of business. The software derives predictability from improving productivity in the business. The software quality decreases the rework, and the product and services are delivered on time. The theories and facts that are involved in developing the strategies that are involved in developing the software quality in the organisation.

Week 7

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

In this context, it will discuss privacy, which is one of the most important features for the growth and development of individuals and organisations. The right, laws, and various strategies to mitigate ethical issues are adopted (Reynolds, 2018). The e-discovery can be defined as the electronic aspect ofidentifying, collecting, and producing electronically stored information for the production of investigation and lawsuit.

ii. Definition

Right of Privacy: The privacy of information and confidentiality of vital information comes under the right of privacy(Reynolds, 2018). In information technology, the privacy right helps in managing the access control and provides proper security to the user and system information. This also concerns the right not to disclose an individual's personal information to the public.

b. Interpretation

The most relevant in the context are privacy laws that are responsible for the protection of individual and organisation's rights. The protection laws include the European Union data protection directive, organisation for economic cooperation and development, and general data protection regulation that protect the data and information of the individual and company (Reynolds, 2018). Furthermore, the key and anonymity issues that exist in the workplace like cyberloafing. The employees exercised the practice to use the internet access for personal use without doing their work.

c. Outcome

I have learned from this context that privacy is required for every organisation to protect the private information about the personal information and credentials that are present in the company—privacy along with developed technology that secures the data and information about the organisation. I have also got information about the ways and technological development to protect the data.

Week 8

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

In this context, it is discussed freedom of expression, meaning the right to hold information and share decisions without any interference. Some of the vital issues of freedom of expression include controlling access to information on the internet, censorship to certain videos on the internet, hate speech,anonymity on the internet, pornography, and eradication of fake news often relevant on the internet (Reynolds, 2018).

ii. Definition

Freedom of Expression: Freedom of expression denotes the ability to express the thoughts, beliefs, ideas, and emotions of an individual or a group (Scanlon, 2018, p. 24). It is under the government censorship which promotes the right to express and impart information regardless of communication borders which include oral, written, the art of any other form.

b. Interpretation

The most important information regarding the context is John Doe Lawsuits. It is a law that helps to identify the anonymous person who is exercising malicious behaviour like online harassment and extortion. Fake news about any information that is irrelevant, which are however removed by several networking websites. However, the fake news sites and social media websites are shared by several videos and images cause confusion and misinterpretation regarding a particular subject (Reynolds, 2018).

c. Outcome

After reading the book, I have concluded that the internet is a wide platform where several malicious practices are carried out, like fake news, hate speech, and many other practices practised on the internet. I have also gained information about several laws and regulations to protect the right and regulations on the internet, including the telecommunication act 1996 and the communication decency act 1997.
Week 9

a. Theoretical discission

i. Important topics covered

In this context, it will be discussed about cyberattacks and cybersecurity. Cyberattacks are an assault launched by an anonymous individual from one or more computers using several network chains (Reynolds, 2018). A cyber-attack can steal personal information a can disable the computer. On the other hand, cybersecurity is the practice of protecting information from cyberattacks. There are several methods to protect the internet from malware, viruses and threats.

ii. Definition

Cyber espionage: This is the process of using computer networks for gaining illicit access to confidential information(Reynolds, 2018). The malicious practice increases the risk of data breaching. It steals sensitive data or intellectual property, typically preserved by a government entity or an organisation (Herrmann, 2019, p. 94). Cyber espionage is a threat to IT companies, especially as it targets the digital networks for information hacking.

b. Interpretation

The most important aspect in this context is intrusion detection system, proxy servers like a virtual private network. The intrusion detection system is the software that alerts the servers during the detection of network traffic issues. The proxy servers act as an intermediator between the web browser and another web server on the internet. The virtual private network enables the user to access the organisation's server and use the server to share data by transmitting and encryption over the Internet (Reynolds, 2018).

c. Outcome

After reading the entire context, I have gained information about several cyberattacks and cybersecurity. Cyber attackers like crackers, black hat hackers, malicious insiders, cyberterrorists, and industrial spies (Reynolds, 2018). Cybersecurity like CIA security trial. Department of homeland security, an agency for safer and secure America against cyber threats and cyberterrorism. The transport layer security is the organisation to secure the internet from cyber threats between the communicating application and other users on the Internet (Reynolds, 2018).

Week 10

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

In this context, it is discussed about social media and essential elements associated with social media. Social media can be defined as modern technology that enhances the sharing of thoughts, ideas, and information after establishing various networks and communities (Reynolds, 2018). Several companies adopt social media marketing to sell their services and products on the internet by creating several websites across the Internet.

ii. Definition

Earned Media: It is observed in brand promotions in organisations where media awareness awarded through promotion(Reynolds, 2018). It is also considered the organic media, which may include television interviews, online articles, and consumer-generated videos. It is not a paid media; rather, it is voluntarily awarded to any organisation. The earned media value is calculated through website referrals, message resonance, mentions, and article quality scores.

b. Interpretation

The most important aspect of social media marketing where the internet is used to promote products and services. As per the sources, global social media marketing spends nearly doubled from 2014 to 2016, increasing from 15$ billion to 30$ billion—organic media marketing and viral marketing as one important aspect of social media marketing.

c. Outcome

I have gained much information about social media and elements of social media marketing, which encourages marketers to sell their products and services to another individual across the internet. Social media is a vast platform that has both advantages and disadvantages aspect. The issues regarding social media including social networking ethical issues that are causing harmful threats and emotional distress on the individual. There is a solution to these issues, which is adopted by several organisations like fighter cyberstalking, stalking risk profile, and many more.

Week 11

a. Theoretical discussion

i. Important topics covered

This context will eventually discuss the impact of information technology on society. The information impacts the gross domestic product and standard of living of people residing in developed countries. Information technology has made the education system more productive and effective. The process of e-learning has allowed the students to study from their homes. The health care system is also affected by information technology.

ii. Definition

Robotics: It is the design and construction of machines (robots) for performing tasks done by human beings (Malik and Bilberg, 2018, p. 282). It promotes autonomous machine operating systems for easing the burden and complexity of human labour. In this case, artificial intelligence helps to improve the development process of machines by incorporating the machine learning process. Automobile manufacturing industries use robotics design for safeguarding humans from environmental hazards.

b. Interpretation

The most information aspect of the topic is the artificial intelligence and machine learning have impacted the growth of IT. Artificial intelligence includes data and human intelligence processes that include activities like learning, reasoning, and self-correction. Machine learning is the process to talk with the technology through machine languages.

c. Outcome

I have gained much information about information technology and its impact on the organisation and people. The innovation and development occurred vastly due to the effect of social media.

4. Conclusion

It is to be concluded that this reflective journal report describes all the aspects of ethics in information technology by providing an understanding of the ethical, legal and social implications of information technology that IT professionals need to nurture in their professional work. Critical analysis of the privacy, freedom of expression, common issues of IT professionals, solutions of these issues are reflected in this journal report. The journal report also attempts to address the ethical issues in the IT workplace. An understanding of IT and ethics needed in IT professionals to achieve success is reflected in this journal report.

References

Carroll, A.B. and Brown, J.A., 2018. Corporate social responsibility: A review of current concepts, research, and issues. Corporate social responsibility. pp. 39-69.

GeeksforGeeks. 2021. Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) - GeeksforGeeks. [online] Available at: <https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/capability-maturity-model-integration-cmmi/> [Accessed 16 June 2021].

Herrmann, D., 2019. Cyber Espionage and Cyber Defence. In Information Technology for Peace and Security (pp. 83-106). Springer Vieweg, Wiesbaden.

HRZone. 2021. What is whistleblowing?. [online] Available at: <https://www.hrzone.com/hr-glossary/what-is-whistleblowing> [Accessed 16 June 2021].

Kumar, H., 2017. Corporate social responsibility (CSR): A case study on NTPC Barh Patna. ZENITH International Journal of Business Economics & Management Research, 7(2), pp.1-8.

Malik, A.A. and Bilberg, A., 2018. Digital twins of human robot collaboration in a production setting. Procedia manufacturing, 17, pp.278-285.

Reynolds, G., 2018. Ethics in information technology, 6th Edition, Cengage learning.
Scanlon, T., 2018. A Theory of Freedom of Expression 1. In Freedom of Speech (pp. 13-35). Routledge.

Shujahat, M., Hussain, S., Javed, S., Malik, M.I., Thurasamy, R. and Ali, J., 2017. Strategic management model with lens of knowledge management and competitive intelligence. VINE Journal of Information and Knowledge Management Systems.

SYSS202 System Software Assignment Sample

ASSESSMENT DESCRIPTION:

Students are required to write a Reflective Journal in which they reflect on unit content and learning experiences between weeks x and y. In this assignment you should describe an interesting or important aspect of each week’s content/experiences, analyse this aspect of the week critically by incorporating and discussing academic or professional sources, and then discuss your personal learning outcomes.
The document structure is as follows (3000 words):

1. Title page

2. Introduction (~150 words)

a. Introduce the focus of the unit and the importance of the unit to your chosen professional area. Provide a preview of the main experiences and outcomes you discuss in the body of the assignment.

3. Body: Reflective paragraphs for each week from week x to week y (1 paragraph per week, ~250 words per paragraph). In each reflective paragraph:

a. DESCRIPTION (~50 words): Describe the week

• Generally, what was the focus of this week’s lecture and tutorial?

• What is one specific aspect of the week’s learning content that was interesting for you? (e.g. a theory, a task, a tool, a concept, a principle, a strategy, an experience etc.)? Describe it and explain why you chose to focus on it in this paragraph. (*Note: a lecture slide is not an acceptable choice, but an idea or concept on it is)

b. ANALYSIS (~100 words): Analyse one experience from the week

• Analyse the one specific aspect of the week you identified above

• How did you feel or react when you experienced it? Explain.

• What do other academic publications or professional resources that you find in your own research say about this? (Include at least 1 reliable academic or professional source from your own research). Critically analyse your experience in the context of these sources.

c. OUTCOMES (~100 words): Identify your own personal learning outcomes

• What have you learned about this aspect of the unit?
• What have you learned about yourself?
• What do you still need to learn or get better at?
• Do you have any questions that still need to be answered?
• How can you use this experience in the future when you become a professional?

4. Conclusion (~100 words): Summarise the most important learning outcomes you experienced in this unit and how you will apply them professionally or academically in the future.

5. Reference List

Your report must include:

• At least 10 references, 5 of which must be academic resources, 5 of which can be reliable, high-quality professional resources.
• Use Harvard referencing for any sources you use

Solution

Introduction

System software, various operating systems, and the functions of key parts of the system are needed to be understood inevitably to operate the systems effectively. Operating systems and storage systems are the key parts of a system. The functions of these parts are essential to be understood to manage the operations through the systems effectively. Furthermore, the networking system, file manager, and many more key resources are described properly through the weekly materials to make the learners understand the complex operational functions of the computer systems. A learner can understand the importance of every key function of the computer system with proper and in-depth knowledge. Memory, security systems, and ethical operations of the computer systems are also described in this report for assignment help. User interfaces, Graphical user Interfaces (GUI) are also described in the report. Reflective analysis of my learning about the use of different functions and operating systems of computers has been portrayed in this report.

Week 1: Functions of various operating systems

The week 1 lecture provides knowledge regarding the functions of various operating systems and their roles in the systems. I have gained in-depth knowledge about operating systems and software, and hardware. Planning design of the software in the computer system through this lecture material provides a detailed analysis of computer operations and management (Fakhimuddin et al. 2021, p-24). Programs, tangible electronic machines, and many more parts and their operational activities guide the proper management of a computer system.

File manager, main memory, and many more functional parts are inevitable for operating the computer system. I have gained knowledge regarding the classification of various software and hardware operations of a computer system. Operating systems coordinate many systems to work together for better productivity. Memory, storage devices, different applications, and many more roles and responsibilities of various key parts of a system have been taught. RAM and ROM and their functions based on volatile and nonvolatile nature are inevitable to understand the storage and memory of a system (Ayadi et al., 2021, p-20). Input and output devices as well as peripheral devices such as "mouse," "keyboard," "printer," "scanner" and many more perform various necessary key operations of the computer systems.
As I have gained major knowledge about the parts and operating system, it would be very beneficial to perform all the functions effectively. The use of input and output devices helps to perform various necessary tasks with one system. Software applications help perform the core operational activities of the system and maintain the coding and database of the system. The database manages important information of any application and system also (Shukla et al. 2018, p.16). I understand using these key operating functions for mastering the system for any complex work. I have also learned about the data manipulation and retrieval of deleted data in the system in any emergency.

Week 2:memory and space allocation and de-allocation of the computer system

Week 2 describes the knowledge about the memory and space allocation and deallocation of the computer system. The concept of the replacement of pages, allocation of pages, and the function of paging in the system are provided in this session. I have also gained knowledge regarding using various memories such as cache memory and many more, which is essential to be understood for operating a system. I am very glad to know the operational activities of various paging operational activities of the system. The paging operations provide me with detailed knowledge regarding the page setup and various designs of the pages (Shukla et al. 2018, p-30). Page frames for various programmable key factors help understand the design of pages for different operations in a system. I am very glad to know about these kinds of interesting facts about the system's different major paging operations. I can use this knowledge to understand the system's operational activities for designing various pages for programs. The knowledge I gained has helped in completing the operational activities of the computer system for better management. As this basic knowledge is essential for me to understand the system in detail, the functions assist me to perform all kinds of important operations for my career growth. Page setup is quite an important factor for the system to create documents and programs (Youssef et al. 2018, p-20). Thus, I have understood the page framing and important operational performance of this page replacing and allocation for the system, which has made the system's functions easier for me.

Week 3:Device management system

Description

The device management system is one of the most important parts of the computer system (Kaluarachchilage et al. 2020, p-1). The session has provided me with knowledge about device management systems to understand the use of computer systems better. Advantages and disadvantages of various devices of the computer system have been a part of this session so that I can understand the operational management of various functions and malfunctions of the system. I am very excited to implement the knowledge of many devices that can easily make various operational performances of the system. Operations of various devices help to perform many works simultaneously. DSD (Direct Action of Storage Devices) helps to perform all the data storing operations effectively (Prakoso et al. 2020, p.157). Furthermore, the knowledge assists me in using the proper timing of implementing many functions of the key parts of the computer operations. Various devices such as "printer," "plotter," "drive," and much more help in performing various activities in computer systems. Detailed understanding of the storage and functions of many devices makes the user operational process for the computer system easier. The input and output of various data storage of the system make the system perform well and effectively (Prakoso et al. 2020). The session has provided me with such knowledge, which is essential for performing various operations. The use of this knowledge also makes me an expert at the performance of different complex problems of the systems.

Week 4:Different processors

The week 4 sessions has depicted a clear understanding of different processors and their detection process in the system. Processors are the key part of a system that performs the core operations for the system (Scalfani 2020, p.428). The performance regarding providing instructions for operating different programmable languages and software applications is inevitable to understand. I have understood the core functional areas of the computer system with the application of different programmable languages. Furthermore, the operating system is based on "deadlock," "real-time systems," "resources," and many more for better knowledge. “Modelling deadlock” for the operations of programmable languages is quite interesting to understand while understanding the graph cycle of data process to resources (Syuhada 2021, p.1335). This graph cycle of process data as resources helps to complete the operations of computer systems effectively. I have also learned the procedures of allocating multiple devices at a time with a single system with the use of proper databases. Knowledge of databases and multiple processors helps to persist the knowledge regarding managing various job operations. Furthermore, access to different file requests provides me with in-depth knowledge of different programs and files. The computer operating systems understand locking levels and data integrity (Li et al. 2021, p.522). Locking and accessing processes of different files have also been understood. Thus, this session has made me understand properly to learn the proper locking and data management effectively.

Week 5:System management

Week 5 provided me with complete and detailed knowledge of system management of the computers. Monitoring of systems and the protection of database management in the system have made me understand computers' complete functions (Wang and Lu, 2019). Evaluation of operating systems and strengths and weaknesses of the system based on hardware and other devices and software applications also. I have gained immense pleasure by learning the application of database protection and system management. As system management is one of the most important parts of a computer system, the session has helped me understand it. However, I realize that I need more detailed and in-depth knowledge regarding the practice of database management. More clarity will help me to perform the hardest operational activities also. Algorithms and the use of the CPU (Central Processing Unit) have also been discussed in this particular session (Wang and Lu 2019). I need more clarity in understanding algorithms as it is a difficult part and one of the most important parts of the system. The knowledge regarding system management and algorithms is not quite satisfactory for me to perform any important task effectively. Operations of multi programs are one of the most beneficial factors of the system, which makes the operational activities of computers easier (Wang and Lu 2019). Furthermore, I have also gained immense knowledge about patch management and operational accounting activities. However, a clearer understanding and in-depth knowledge of algorithms are essential for better management.

Week 6:File management

The session has mainly focused on operations and clarity regarding file management which is inevitable to store the data in computer systems. Furthermore, the role of various extensions for various file formats in the system has provided me with knowledge regarding the storage and management of databases. Furthermore, access to different files and data protection control are very important for different functions of computer systems. I have understood that a complete knowledge of file management systems is essential for storing important information in computers. Furthermore, the compression process of data for file storage and procedures of controlling data is quite important for the systems (Ayoubi et al. 2018). The knowledge is very beneficial for me to manage the data of different files with different extensions. As the file manager operates the functions of different files, the organisation of different files is quite important for the effective use of the storage and memory space of the system. Collaboration of data management and the functions of different software in modifying and controlling data is quite important for the system. Management of files and control and access to data are essential parts of the computer's system (Ayoubi et al. 2018). I have gained immense knowledge about the management of different files in the system so that the access of the files can be handled properly. Functions of different files help me understand the access of different parts effectively so that program libraries can be operated effectively.

Week 7:Network functioning

Session of week 7 refers to a basic knowledge of network functioning for the computer system. This session has highlighted the introduction of various networking systems and their responsibilities. Furthermore, the comparison between NOS (Network Operating Systems) and DOS (Distributor Operating system) has been discussed in this session (Ayoubi et al. 2018, p.23). The performance of this network management system has been described in this session which is very beneficial for me to understand. Network management is one of the most important computer system factors (Saadon et al. 2019). I have understood the complete and detailed knowledge of network management with a properly explained session this week. The variance of local operating systems and their relation to NOS has made me understand how to allocate file management and data computing for a particular system. I have also understood the various functions of local operating systems and the distribution of different files based on different data. Application servers and many other user interfacing systems have been explained effectively to better understand the chapter of networking management. Server running systems and application running of computers help operate different functions in a single system effectively (Saadon et al. 2019). This session has helped me understand the clear knowledge of network management and the relation to operating systems of the computer. This exercise has helped me to manage the clients in my workplace, which has been very beneficial for me. Furthermore, I have gained some effective knowledge that has helped me start my new career regarding new business related to software applications based on networking management.

Week 8: Basic structure of security

Week 8 sessions has outlined a basic structure of security of computer systems effectively. Furthermore, data security is one of the major concerns in the cyber world. Different viruses often break the security chain of the computer system so that the appropriate advanced technologies can be implemented to maintain the security thread of the system (Saadon et al. 2019). The role of various OS (Operating Systems) in managing data security has also been depicted in this session. Ethical practices have also been discussed in the session while maintaining the system's security. Systems operational activities and key functional areas are discussed in the system, which has helped me learn to maintain computer systems' security. I am very excited to understand the relations of operating systems with the security and ethical practices of the computer. My knowledge regarding the maintenance of the system's security has helped me understand the proper implementation of protection to protect important data. Viruses, worms, and many other cyber threats often break the security chain (Muslihah and Nastura 2020). Proper ethical practices are needed for better management of computer operations effectively.

Outcomes

The knowledge of security maintenance has helped me pursue my career in the data security management of computers. As this chapter is quite interesting for me, it has provided me with a curiosity to know the advanced level of technology that helps maintain computer security (Muslihah and Nastura 2020). I have learned about data backups, retrieval of data, and advanced level technology to manage the system's security.

Week 9:Data operating systems

Description

Session 9 has provided me with great knowledge regarding data operating systems and data survival management. I have experienced data management by implementing proper server technologies in the system. Furthermore, the operating system has managed to operate the system's important functions, which can run the software and hardware operations effectively (Muslihah and Nastura 2020). Network and security management are major key operational functions of the system. The operating systems have the responsibility regarding the management of operating systems. Furthermore, I have learned the implementation of different operational functions to manage better important data and resources, which is quite beneficial for me to make data confidential. The session has also depicted the advanced level technology while performing the tasks and managing different operations (Talha et al. 2019, p.72). Various operating systems have performed the key functions in the computer system while performing the knowledge. Data management knowledge and theories based on advanced technologies have helped me pursue my career in data security management systems. Deallocation and reallocation of data and knowledge based on the practices of various software and hardware applications have provided me with immense knowledge about computer operational activities and their progress. Furthermore, the data management system has helped me perform all the database and code practices activities, which help me understand computers' functions (Muslihah and Nastura 2020).

Week 10:Different windows operating systems

This session has mainly described the functions of different windows operating systems and the management activities of the computer. File drives and customisation of different software of the systems are the core parts of the computer systems. Furthermore, memory management and virtual memory space-based learnings have been provided to better design windows systems. Security-based challenges and various computer processors are depicted in this session (Talha et al. 2019). I feel the knowledge I learned through this session is quite important to understand the core functions. Furthermore, communication of interprocess management and different versions of windows have provided me knowledge regarding the implementation of various important tasks. From the initiation of “Windows XP" to “windows version 10.0” have seen the progress of development of different processes of computer systems in the recent era (Talha et al. 2019). Newest versions have helped to perform various incredible tasks within a very short period of time. I have gained a great deal of knowledge regarding various operating systems from DOS to the upgradation of newest software applications. This kind of knowledge has helped me to pursue my career in a better way so that the operations of different tasks can be maintained effectively. Furthermore, I have also understood a detailed practice of many operating systems and programmable languages along with networking based products.

Week 11:Linux operating systems

Session 11 has focused on the practice of Linux operating systems and the management of different software interrelated to these operating systems of computer. Role of different memory, devices and file management to the operational activities of computer systems have been provided in this session (Wang et al. 2020). Responsibilities of different software applications interlinked to “Linus Torvalds” are depicted in this week to understand the basic operational functions of “Linux Operating System”. I am quite excited by learning the operational practises of computer systems and the management of different machine languages. Role and functions of different software applications for operating “Linux” based systems (Wang et al. 2020). Portability of programs and system software are quite important parts of the systems. I have experienced better practice regarding the knowledge of main memory as well as user interface systems. The knowledge is quite effective for managing any difficult tasks with proper clarity. Various roles and responsibilities of the computer system are quite important for me to perform any kind of task effectively. The basic knowledge of operating systems especially “Linux” has helped me to understand the effectiveness of the management based functions (Wang et al. 2020). Various functions such as different software and hardware applications are quite essential for me to perform different tasks of the computer in a greater way.

Conclusion

Various management and operational functions of computer systems are the major focus areas of the sessions. The sessions have provided me with great knowledge regarding the management of different functions and roles as well as responsibilities. Furthermore, implementations of different advanced technologies have been provided for a clear understanding of the system. Protections of important data and data manipulation have become one of the most important highlighted areas of the systems. Security management and server management based knowledge have also been provided for better practise of the computer system so that the operations have been performed well in the systems. System software and hardware based knowledge have also been provided for my better career in this field and performing any complicated tasks in this field.

References

Ayadi, A, Rose, J, de Garidel-Thoron, C, Hendren, C, Wiesner, MR & Auffan, M 2021, MESOCOSM: A mesocosm database management system for environmental nanosafety. NanoImpact, 21, pp.100-288.https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2452074820300823

Ayoubi, S, Limam, N, Salahuddin, MA, Shahriar, N, Boutaba, R, Estrada-Solano, F, & Caicedo, OM 2018, Machine learning for cognitive network management. IEEE Communications Magazine, 56(1), pp.158-165.https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/document/8255757/

Fakhimuddin, M, Khasanah, U, & Trimiyati, R 2021, Database management system in accounting: assessing the role of internet service communication of accounting system information. Research Horizon, 1(3), pp.100-105.https://journal.publindoakademika.com/index.php/RH/article/view/17

Kaluarachchilage, PKH, Attanayake, C, Rajasooriya, S, & Tsokos, CP 2020, An Analytical Approach to Assess & Compare the Vulnerability Risk of Operating Systems.

International Journal of Computer Network & Information Security, 11(2), p.1.https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Sasith-Rajasooriya-2/publication/342662290_An_Analytical_Approach_to_Assess_&_Compare_the_Vulnerability_Risk_of_Operating_Systems/links/5fbd32c4299bf104cf73d0f0/An-Analytical-Approach-to-Assess-&-Compare-the-Vulnerability-Risk-of-Operating-Systems.pdf

Li, H, Zhang, H. & Zhao, Y 2021, Design of computer-aided teaching network management system for college physical education. Computer-Aided Design & Applications, 18(S4), pp.152-162.http://www.cad-journal.net/files/vol_18/CAD_18(S4)_2021_152-162.pdf

Muslihah, I, & Nastura, SA 2020, Transaction Processing System Analysis Using The Distribution Management System (DMS) Nexsoft Distribution 6 (ND6). International Journal of Computer & Information System (IJCIS), 1(2), pp.31-34.http://ijcis.net/index.php/ijcis/article/view/12

Prakoso, DC, Riadi, I, & Prayudi, Y 2020, Detection of Metasploit attacks using RAM Forensic on proprietary operating systems. Kinet. Game Technol. Inf. Syst. Comput. Network, Comput. Electron. Control, 4, pp.155-160.https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Imam-Riadi-2/publication/341708290_Detection_of_Metasploit_Attacks_Using_RAM_Forensic_on_Proprietary_Operating_Systems/links/5ecfb84045851529451a167d/Detection-of-Metasploit-Attacks-Using-RAM-Forensic-on-Proprietary-Operating-Systems.pdf

Saadon, G, Haddad, Y, & Simoni, N 2019, A survey of application orchestration & OSS in next-generation network management. Computer St&ards & Interfaces, 62, pp.17-31.https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0920548917304014

Scalfani, VF, 2021, Using the Linux operating system full-time: Tips & experiences from a subject liaison librarian. College & Research Libraries News, 82(9), p.428.https://crln.acrl.org/index.php/crlnews/article/view/25156

Shukla, AK, Sharma, R, & Muhuri, PK 2018, A review of the scopes & challenges of the modern real-time operating systems. International Journal of Embedded & Real-Time Communication Systems (IJERTCS), 9(1), pp.66-82.https://www.igi-global.com/article/a-review-of-the-scopes-&-challenges-of-the-modern-real-time-operating-systems/193622

Syuhada, R 2021, Multi-threading on Linux Operating System Using Scheduling Algorithm. Journal Mantik, 5(2), pp.1334-1340.https://iocscience.org/ejournal/index.php/mantik/article/view/1506

Talha, M, Abou El, Kalam, A, & Elmarzouqi, N, 2019, Big data: Trade-off between data quality & data security. Procedia Computer Science, 151, pp.916-922.https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877050919305915

Wang, Q, & Lu, P, 2019, Research on application of artificial intelligence in computer network technology. International Journal of Pattern Recognition & Artificial Intelligence, 33(05), p.195-205.https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/abs/10.1142/S0218001419590158

Wang, Z, Wang, N, Su, X, & Ge, S 2020, An empirical study on business analytics affordances enhancing the management of cloud computing data security. International Journal of Information Management, 50, pp.387-394.https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0268401218302603

Youssef, JR, Zacharewicz, G, Chen, D, & Vernadat, F 2018, EOS: enterprise operating systems. International Journal of Production Research, 56(8), pp.2714-2732.https://www.t&fonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00207543.2017.1378957

ITBO201 IT for Business Organisations Assignment Sample

ASSESSMENT DESCRIPTION:

Students are required to write a Reflective Journal in which they reflect on unit content and learning experiences between weeks x and y. In this assignment, you should describe an interesting or important aspect of each week’s content/experiences, analyse this aspect of the week critically by incorporating and discussing academic or professional sources, and then discuss your personal learning outcomes.

The document structure is as follows (2500 words):

1. Title page

2. Introduction (~150 words)
a. Introduce the focus of the unit and the importance of the unit to your chosen professional area. Provide a preview of the main experiences and outcomes you discuss in the body of the assignment.

3. Body: Reflective paragraphs for each week from week x to week y (1 paragraph per week, ~200 words per paragraph). In each reflective paragraph:
a. DESCRIPTION (~50 words): Describe the week

o Generally, what was the focus of this week’s lecture and tutorial?

o What is one specific aspect of the week’s learning content that was interesting for you? (e.g. a theory, a task, a tool, a concept, a principle, a strategy, an experience etc.)? Describe it and explain why you chose to focus on it in this paragraph.

b. ANALYSIS (~75 words): Analyse one experience from the week

o Analyse the one specific aspect of the week you identified above.

o How did you feel or react when you experienced it? Explain.

o What do other academic publications or professional resources that you find in your own research say about this? (Include at least 1 reliable academic or professional source from your own research). Critically analyse your experience in the context of these sources.

c. OUTCOMES (~75 words): Identify your own personal learning outcomes

o What have you learned about this aspect of the unit?

o What have you learned about yourself?

o What do you still need to learn or get better at?

o Do you have any questions that still need to be answered?

o How can you use this experience in the future when you become a professional?

4. Conclusion (~100 words): Summarise the most important learning outcomes you experienced in this unit and how you will apply them professionally or academically in the future.

5. Reference List

Your report must include:

• At least 10 references, 5 of which must be academic resources, 5 of which can be reliable, high-quality professional resources.
• Use Harvard referencing for any sources you use
• Refer to the Academic Learning Support student guide on Reflective Writing and how to structure reflective paragraphs

Solution

Introduction

In this report all the weekly summaries are present. In the different week, we study the different types of technologies, management techniques, and many more which is very helpful in both type of organizations that is big and small. We research with the different types of study material and weekly lectures and find out the best technologies from every week and discussed in the report. In this paper the reflecting summary of every week is discussed. This paper is important in the terms of information security and information technologies. From the development of the computer to the emerging technologies development all the things are described in the report. As we have seen that the rising in technologies also raises some risks, attacks, phishing, and many more. So in this paper different type of risk management techniques is also discussed. The report is consisting of the overall summary of how the computer is developed to how we manage all the information technology and security for assignment help.

Week 1 –

Chapter 1 Information Security

In week 1 we are focused on the learning of Information security. After successfully learning in week 1 the student is familiar with some concepts of information security which are described as below:-

• The information security concept.
• The history of information security
• How information security is important in the system development cycles.

The main thing that is very interesting in week 1 is merging information security with the system development life cycle. In my opinion including the system security in the system, the development life cycle is much beneficial in the terms of security because if our system is secure then we will secure for the cyberattacks and many unwanted things that are occurred in today’s era. As we see that software development life cycle is generally considered with the 6 phases but if we add one more phase which is system security then we protect all the things from attack in development itself. I learned how system security is important in our day-to-day life and how we manage both the system and security at a low cost. I learned the most important thing from this week's lecture is that “As we have seen the technology is increased day by day so we also look into the security and modified ourselves to protect from the data breaches and cyber-attacks.” (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 12)

Week2-

Chapter 2 Machine Based Computing

In week 2 we are focused on the learning of Machines behind Computing. After the successful learning in week 2 the student is familiar with some concepts of Machine Behind Computing which are described as below:-

• The computer hardware and software
• Understand the computer operations
• Understand the different input, output, and memory devices.

Job management, resource allocation, data management, and communication-related thing are present in the week 2 lecture. In my opinion, the main thing which is very interesting in the overall week 1 lecture is the memory device because in this era the need for memory is a high priority. The thing or the topic which is very much interesting and the helpful is the Operation that is performed by the Computers there are three basic operations of the computer which are arithmetic, logical and storage. I learned that without memory management all the function we have done is waste. Without memory we have not correctly organized things so for this purpose memory management in the computer or the software is a must. I chose memory management because in my opinion if we correctly manage memory then after this management of the entire task is very easy.

Week 3-

Chapter 3 Database System

In week 3 we are focused on the learning of Database systems, Data warehouses, and Data Marts. After successfully learning in week 3 the student is familiar with some concepts of Database System, Data Warehouse, Data Marts which are described as below:-

• Understand the database and the database management system, data warehouse.
• Understand how the logical database and the relational database are designed.
• Understand the full lifecycle of the database management system, data warehouse.
• Understand the database uses and design.
• Understand Big data and their different application

The main thing which is very much interesting in week 3 is the big data and its various business applications. I chose this topic for the discussion because the big data is everywhere for example:-social media, entertainment, financial services, government, manufacturing, healthcare, and many more things are depends on big data. I chose this topic because there is vast scope in the field of big data also it is famous in the today’s era. It is said that people or users depending on the social network or technology for their daily activities and both generate a lot of data in a single day so in the future the world depends on big data. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 31)

Week 4 –

Chapter 5 -Protecting Information Resources

In week 4 we are focused on protecting information resources. After successful learning in week 4 students are familiar with some concept of how to protect the information system or resource which is mentioned below:-

• Understand the different types of technologies that are used in the computer system/.
• Understand the basic safeguard in the computer and network security
• Understand the major security threats
• The Security and enforcement measure is understood.

In week 4 the very interesting topic is the risk associated with information technologies. In a big organization, risk management is a very interesting topic. How they handle the risk is very important in a large-sized organization. It is seen that in the future as the technologies are increasing so the cyberattack, phishing through email, D-Dos attacks is also increased. So in this way, risk management in every type of organization is a must. By preparing the risk management plan we can protect our organization and ourselves from the various attacks that is held today or in the future. In the future cyberattack which is very common is phishing, email attack, D-Dos Attack and many more. The attacker always catches to the weak point of organization so we need to change our risk management policy and make it strong. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 21)

Week 5 –

Chapter 14 Emerging Technologies, Trends and Application

In week 5 we are focused on emerging technologies, trends, and their application. After successful learning in the week, the student is familiar with some concepts of an emerging trend, technologies, and application which are described below:-

• Understand the new trends in the software
• Understand the virtual reality components and applications.
• Understand cloud computing, nanotechnologies, blockchain technologies.

In week 5 the most interesting topic according to me is blockchain technology. In simple words block technologies means the decentralized and distributed network. The blockchain is used to record transactions across connected devices as blocks of data that cannot be altered after being recorded. In week 5 we study different case studies of the company for the blockchain technology we understand the Wal-Mart case study. I chose this topic for discussion because due to the high security in blockchain management or development the transaction is proceeding at a faster rate. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 31) In the future the application which depends on the blockchain are described as below:-

• For the tracking foods and the goods.
• In the security of the software development
• The management of digital content
• To improve the healthcare record
• In the audit Trial

Week 6 –

Chapter 11 Enterprises System

In week 6, we are focused on the learning of the Enterprise Systems. After successful learning in week, 6 students are familiar with some concept of enterprise system which is described as below:-

• Understand supply chain management.
• The customer relationship management and the management systems.
• An understanding of the enterprise resources planning system is gained.

In week 6, we understand different type of application that is used in the management of the technology and the business. In week 6, the topic which is most interesting is the supply chain. In simple word, the Supply chain means the network which is consisting of an organization, supplier, transportation companies, and brokers. Supply chain management is used the delivery goods and services to customers. This topic excites me most because in the era of online supply management is a must. As we have seen that people purchase the goods, product, service, and essential materials of daily lives online. So in this way, the management of the supply chain is a must in the future. A healthy relationship is made between the suppliers, organizations, transportation companies, and brokers. Due to this healthy relationship, the supply chain is managed perfectly. To ensure the business or organization growth we manage supply chain perfectly. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 52)

Week 7 –

Chapter 8 E-Commerce

In week 7 we are focused on E-commerce. After successfully learning in week 7 the student is familiar with some concepts of E-commerce and the E-commerce platform which is described as below:-

• Understand the concept of e-commerce, its advantages, disadvantage, and also business models.
• The different categories of e-commerce and the lifecycle of the e-commerce cycle.
• Understand the social media, mobile-based, and voice-based e-commerce in the market.

In simple words, e-commerce means all the activities like selling and buying that are performed using computers and communication techniques. In week 7 we focused on the many case studies like star bucks company, coca-cola, and many more by which we can easily be familiar with the e-commerce business models. In my opinion, the thing that is more interesting in week 7 is the online service delivered by e-commerce. The e-commerce service helps the youth and old age to provide them good services. In the future, the e-commerce sector is on the boom. With the increase in technology, people used mobile in many modes like for shopping, for bill payment and many more. So in this way, the e-commerce sector is on boom in the upcoming generation. E-commerce provides many facilities to make it easy for everyone to use mobile services like voice assistance, direct messaging system, and many more. The boom of technology also made payment services very easy in an e-commerce application. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 67)

Week 8 –

Chapter 10 Building Successful Information System

In week 8 we are focused on building a successful information system. After successfully learning in week 8 the student is familiar with some concepts of how to build the information systems which are described as below:-

• Understand the system development life cycle in the building of successful software.

• The different type of phase that is involved in the software development life cycle that is the planning phase, requirement gathering phase, analysis phase, design phase, implementation phase, and maintenance phase.

• The new trends in the system design are also introduced in this lecture.

The most interesting part of week 8 is the new phase that is involved in the software development life cycle. It seems that the procedure is very much important in software development but choosing the right one is difficult. So in this week all the phases and models are clearly described. The model which I suggest is an agile methodology, in this week I studied different case studies and I recommended that agile methodology is very much beneficial. In the future, the agile methodology is at its peak because it follows the weekly or we can say that time sprint. In a particular time sprint, the task is to be done so in this way project is delivered on the given time. That is the reason big company follows the agile methodology in the software development life cycle. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 90)

Week 9-

Chapter 12 Management Support System

In week 9 we are focused on the management support systems. After successful learning in week 9, the student is familiar with some concept of management support system which is described as below:-

• Understand how the big organization makes decisions and maintain those decisions.
• Understand how the decision support system works.
• How the geographic information is important.
• Guideline for designing a management support system.

In week 9 we understand the concept of decision making also means how the big organization takes decisions. The Decision is also taken in the three-phase which are structured decision, semi-structured decision, and unstructured decisions. In this week 9, the most interesting topic is decision making in the organization or we can say that in the big organization. In the process of decision making every type of decision like payroll, inventory problem, record keeping, budget preparation, and sales forecasting are involved in it. In the future, this type of decision is taken with the help of artificial intelligence and we know how artificial intelligence is on the peek in the future. It is seen that every industry depends on the decision process. So the process of decision-making in week 11 excites me most. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 103)

Week 10 –

Chapter 13 Intelligent Information System

In week 10 we are focused on the Intelligent Information System. After successfully learning in week 10 the student is familiar with some concepts of how the intelligent information system which is described as below:-

• Understand artificial intelligence and how AI technologies support decision-making.
• The expert system and the application or the components.
• The case-based reasoning
• Different types of logic like fuzzy, case-based logic, genetic algorithm, natural processing, and many more.

In week 10 the most interesting topic according to me is artificial intelligence. In simple words, artificial intelligence is a technology that is try to simulate and reproduce human behavior. This technology is applicable in different sectors that as perception, reasoning, cognitive abilities, and many more. It is seen that artificial intelligence have a great impact on both industries and human being. In the future, artificial intelligence is everywhere like robot techniques, Internet of things techniques. In every field, artificial intelligence is used. It is seen that in the future artificial intelligence is on the boom because in many fields artificial intelligence works in the field of marketing, in the field of medicine, in the field of management, and the field of safety. Artificial Intelligence also developed the automated car and we see that the car and medical sector is a very large sector so in this way we can say that the artificial intelligence sector is on boom in the future. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 120)

Week 11 –

Chapter 7 -Internet, intranets and extranets

In week 11 we are focused on the internet, intranets, and extranets. After successful learning in week 11 the student is familiar with some concepts of the internet, intranets, and extranets in the information security system which is described as below:-

• Understand common internet service
• The purpose of intranets, extranets.
• Understand the Internet of everything
• The navigation tools, search engines, and directories.

In this week 11, there are many concepts which I have learned that is a different type of browser for more security like Google, Chrome, brave and Mozilla Firefox. The most interesting thing that is in week 11 is the new concept that is the internet of things which means it is web-based development in which people process the data which is connected with the internet and other various things like OR Codes, barcodes, and many other devices. The future of the IoT is very bright. It is estimated that 30.9 billion IoT projects are developed in the year 2025. In 2025 by the use of the Internet of things, more cities become very smart. To save the most of company and cities are using smart technologies and these smart technologies are generally made with the Internet of things. (Bidgoli, 2019, p. 78)

Conclusion –

In this report, we learned the different technologies that are very emerging and in the future, these technologies are on the boom like nanotechnologies, big data, and artificial intelligence and robot techniques. As a student after researching and learning all the week's concepts, we are familiar with the topic and find out that every technology depends on others so we have to try to use this technology and maintain the risk that is present in the technologies. As we see that different technologies are mentioned in the report so as a student the very interesting technology is risk management because we see that as an increase in the technology the risk is also increased so that risk management is a must.

References List

Bhatnagar, V. (2015). A comprative study of sdlc model. IJAIEM , 23-29.

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 1 Introduction To information Security. In H. Bidgoli, MIS 9th Edition (p. 12). Australia: Centre Leaguage Australia.

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 10 Building Successful Information System. In H. Bidgoli, MIS, 9th Edition (p. 90). Australia: Cengage Learning Australia .

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 11 Enterprise Systems. In H. Bidgoli, MIS, 9th Edition (p. 52). Australia: Cengage Learning Australia .

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 12 Management Support Systems. In H. Bidgoli, MIS, 9th Edition (p. 1103). Australia: Cengage Learning Australia .

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 13 Intelligent Information System. In H. Bidgoli, MIS 9th Edition (p. 120). Australia: Cengage Learning Australia .

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 14 Emerging Trends, Technologies, and Application. In H. Bidgoli, MIS, 9 Edition (p. 31). Australia: Cengage Learning Australia.

Bidgoli, H. (2011). Chapter 2: Computers The Machines Behind Computing. In H. Bidgoli, MIS (p. 21). Course Technology, a part of Cengage Learning.

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 5 : Protecting Information Resources. In H. Bidgoli, MIS, 5th Edition. Austraila: Cengage Learning Australia .

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 7 The Internet,Intranets, and Extranets. In H. Bidgoli, MIS, 9th Edition (p. 76). Australia: Cengage Learning Australia .

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Chapter 8: E-Commerce. In H. Bidgoli, MIS 9th Edition (p. 67). Australia: Cengage Learning Australia .

Bidgoli, H. (2019). Management Information Systems. In H. Bidgoli, MIS, 9th Edition. Australia: Cengage Learning Australia.

Bidgoli, H. (2011). MIS, Chapter 14. In H. Bidgoli, Emerging Trends, Technologies, And Application (p. 13). Australia: Course Technology, a part of Cengage Learning.
Choi, S.-Y. &. (1999). The Future of E-Commerce: Integrate and Customize. Computer. . 10.1109/2.738310 , 133 - 134, 138.

Hussein, A. H. (2019). Internet of Things (IOT): Research Challenges and Future Applications. (IJACSA) International Journal of Advanced Computer Science and Applications .

Kayid, A. (March 2020). The role of Artificial Intelligence in future technology. 10.13140/RG.2.2.12799.23201. Artificial Intelligence Research and Roles for Future Technologies .

Kitsantas, T. &. (2019). A Review of Blockchain Technology and Its Applications in the Business Environment. . International Conference on Enterprise, Systems, Accounting, Logistics & ManagementAt: CHANIA, CRETE, GREECE .

Laybats, C. &. (2016). Information security. Business Information Review. 33. 76-80. 10.1177/0266382116653061 .

Parkhi, S. (2015). A Study of Evolution and Future of Supply Chain Management. AIMS International Journal of Management. 9 , 95-106.

Smith, H. &. (2011). Information Privacy Research: An Interdisciplinary Review. MIS Quarterly. 35. 989-1015. 10.2307/41409970. .

Tech, B. &. (2018). Memory Management in Operating System. International Journal of Trend in Scientific Research and Development. Volume-2. 10.31142/ijtsrd18342. .

Yaqoob, I. &. (2016). Big Data: From Beginning to Future. International Journal of Information Management. 36. 10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2016.07.009. .

COMP1001 Data Communications and Networks Assignment Sample

Task Description:

Your task is to create a technical report of your home network and propose a plan for its improvement. Your work must demonstrate your learning over the six modules of this unit. The format of the report with requirements that you have to fulfil are detailed in the template provided with this assignment description.
In summary, your report will have to provide the following technical details:

• R1: Network topology
• R2: Network devices
• R3: Communication technologies
• R4: Addressing scheme
• R5: Network protocols and analysis
• R6: Network services
• R7: Network security and analysis
• R8: Performance parameters and analysis

Finally, your report will also provide your own analysis and assessment regarding role of computer networks in your life and study. Support your analysis and assessments with evidences.

Solution

R1: Network Topology

For network topology considering the home network two different topologies are defined in the section one is physical topology and another is logical topology. Both network topologies are described below as:

Physical Topology

As home network is a wireless network where a single router is used for internet connection and that router connected to an access point. There are four systems for assignment help which are connected to the wireless network in Star pattern that can be observed in the above figure. The physical topology shows the wireless connectivity from router to the client system. It can also be observed in the above diagram that router is directly connected with access point.

Logical Topology

The above figure define logical topology of home network that is based on data flow connection and connected client devices to the network. It can be observed how data is transfer from router to the and devices where this router is directly connected with access point. Here the data flow pattern can be changed according to the requirement and structure of the system. The installed router is able to cover a defined range where the router can provide internet connectivity to all systems which comes under this defined range.

Difference between Physical and Logical topologies

Physical topology is based on network devices which are used in selected network that consist of connection cables and network devices. As it can be seen in the above physical topology that connections cable are not used because home network is a wireless network. Instead of connection cable the wireless connectivity has shown in physical topology for home network. The router which is used is wirelessly connected to the access point that allow data communication for data flow to router and then connected devices. The physical topology for wireless network is not that complex as wire-based network contains.

The logical topology define data flow among the network devices which are used in selected network that is home network. The logical topology consist of data flow connection or representation of data flow and network devices such as router and client devices. Here home network is considered that is based on wireless network so data flow can be observed between router and devices were the main router is connected to access point for data communication. The major differences between physical and logical network topology of home network is physical topology represent cable as connection and logical topology represent data flow as connection.

R2: Network Devices

This section discusses different network devices which are used in home network. As the home network is a wireless network that consists of router-modem client devices, mobile phones and tablets.

Client Devices

Laptops

1. Model: The model of the laptop can be considered as latest model of 3rd generation. The laptop is able to connect wirelessly to any network.

2. Technical specification: The laptops are based on the 3rd generation and 5th generation that are able to connect with any wireless network. The network driver are installed in all the laptops that allow data transfer from external sources. Each laptop have feature to act as router so that other devices can connect with laptop as a wireless connection.

3. Physical Network Interface: The physical network interface consist of network adaptor that is a small integrated chip install in network devices. The laptop which are connected to the homemade work contains network adaptor that allow to connect with the wireless network for data transfer.

Router

Router is a main network device in home network that allow a wireless connection to more than one IP address for data communication. The router installed in home network allow multiple connections that can connect wirelessly such as laptops, mobile phones, tablets and desktop. Further this router is wirelessly connected to the access point.

1. Model: The model of the router connected in the Home wireless network is TP-Link Archer AX6000.

2. Technical specification: This is based on new technology such as 802.11ax with OFDM that allow to provide high speed for data communication. The speed of router is considered as 1148 Mbps with 2.4GHz and can perform up to 4804 in case of 5GHz band. This Router allows multiple Ips for wireless connection in-home network.

3. Physical Network interface: The physical network interface can be measured by using the network analyser as the speed of the router can be observed on screen.

Wireless Access Point

In computer networks wireless access point is a type of device that allow various wireless cards that can connect to all and devices without physical cables. Access points are also able to connect with LAN and create a wireless network. This is the only device that is able to connect from wired network environment to wireless network environment. Generally it is also use to transform network type at workplace or for home purpose. Wireless access point can physically connect with LAN and transform into a wireless network to all of more than two IP addresses for data communication in wireless network environment.

1. Model: The model of the Access point is Wi-Fi 6/6E (802.11ax) Catalyst

2. Technical specification: This is considered as most reliable that contains top speed of 9.6Gbps with 6TH generation 802.11 ax.

3. Physical Interface: The physical interface of this network device is reliable and strong with high speed.

R3: Data Communication Technologies and Standards

Generally, four type of wireless data communication technology are found such as wireless LAN wireless man wireless pan and wireless van. The only difference among all these four wireless data communication technologies is size or range including with connectivity requirements.

The data communication technology which is used in home network is Wi-Fi technology that is considered as one of the most common wireless data communication technology for small range connectivity requirements. Wi-Fi basically stands for wireless fidelity initiated by NCR corporation. This technology simply allows data transfer among more than one devices that is actually based on mobile computing. This technology allow devices to be mobile in nature through which devices can move from one place to another while connecting with her particular network for data transfer. Wi-Fi is basically a wireless LAN model that used for small range or size with minimum connectivity requirements. By using Wi-Fi a small wireless network can be construct from one end to another end that highly considered for home network

Technical Specification

This section discuss this about technical specification of Wi-Fi data communication technology where the most important specification is frequency band of Wi-Fi data communication technology that is 2.4GHz ISM. The bandwidth of channel for Wi-Fi data communication technology is 25 Mhz. Wi-Fi technology have half duplex with all kind of bandwidth. The technology which is used in Wi-Fi data communication is direct sequence spread spectrum.

Application of wi-fi Technology

This section discusses about application of Wi-Fi technology as Wi-Fi technology have multiple applications.

The very first and important application of Wi-Fi technology is any wireless devices which are capable to connect wirelessly can connect with internet. Wi-Fi technology is able to provide access to the internet for more than one device.

The second most important application of Wi-Fi technology is that video, as well as audio streaming, can be done wirelessly with any devices for the purpose of entertainment.

The important files and data can be shared from one system to another system through wireless connection easily. There is another important application where Wi-Fi can be used as hotspot that will allow other devices to get access for the internet. That actors which are installed in Wi-Fi are non for spreading radio signals by using the owner network for providing hotspot to other devices. Wi-Fi data communication technology can also be used for poisoning system.

Wi-Fi standard

The Wi-Fi standard which is used for home network is IEEE standard 802.11g that provides a frequency of 2.4 GHz with a maximum speed of 54 mbps. This is standard is considered as quite common for the home network.

R4: Addressing Schemes

This section discusses the addressing schemes of home networks where each network devices has IP addresses for data communication. The physical and logical addresses for the connected devices in home network is defined considering the data transfer. The IPv4 Address is 192.0.2.1 where IPv6 Address is 2001:db8::1. The IP address of the Router is 192.168.1.1.

IP address is considered as logical address which is actually assigned by the software application in system or in router for data communication with other devices. In home network IP address is assigned to all the connected devices such as router laptops and other devices.

R5: Network Protocols

The wireless network protocols which is used in home network is 802.11g that generally a combination of 802.11a and 802.1 b. In this section wire Shark network analyser is used to analyse the technical specification of used wireless network protocol that is 80 2.11 g.

The above 2 pictures define status of package transfer and network traffic identified by the wireshark network analyser. Network protocol is basically basic guidelines which are made for data communication. The wireless network protocol called 802.11 g is considered as family network protocol standard that allow connection of multiple devices. The collection of protocols that contains multiple protocols for different purpose and functions is TCP /IP. This version of the network protocol is derived from the previous version where generally one version of the network protocol is transform in another updated version based on the requirements of connectivity and innovation in networking technology. As it can be absorb in the above figure that logical addresses of connected devices are shown while packet transfer.

R6: Network Services

In this section of the report network services will be discussed that allow to provide different type of services to client system. They are two important network services which are discussed in this section such as DHCP service and DNS service. Here DHCP services define dynamic host configuration protocol and DNS service define domain name system.

DHCP service

DHCP is a type of protocol that is used for network management where DHCP is responsible for assigning IP addresses to all the connected network devices so that they can communicate over a network utilising the allotted IP address. By using this service IP address can be assigned to any network devices which are connected or going to connect within a wireless network. The device with mobile nature IP addresses are changed while moving from one place to another so DHCP assign IP addresses to each location.

The DHCP server address is 192.168.29.122 and the DHCP client address is 10.1.1.100/24. The scope of IP address is defined and checked using command prompt.

The the DHCP service can be found almost every network in infrastructure that is based on wireless or wire based network because for every wireless network wireless devices are used that are mobile in nature. For sach devices which are mobile in nature required temporary IP addresses and these temporary IP addresses assign by the DHCP service.

DNS service

Domain name system or DNS service is considered as phone book over the internet where humans while using the internet utilise domain names for assessing any information. Suppose a user typed isko.com then isko.com is a domain name that is used by user for assessing information. Here the browser use IP address and DNS service change domain name into IP address so that browser can find the relevant information by using the IP address from the server. DNS service simply reduce the complexity of remembering IP address that is actually difficult to remember by humans. So human can use website name or domain name for searching any information and DNS service translates these domain name into IP address through which required information can be access by browser easily. There is a simple purpose of DNS that is converting the horse name to IP address that is actually a system friendly.

The DNS IP address is 192.168.29.122.

R7: Network Security

Network security is one of the major concern that are discussed by many exports in literatures and articles. The network security exports continuously working on innovation in network security field so that numerous of attack and losses due to the attacks can be minimised. This section discusses about network security measures and the possible attacks on home network.

The common types of network security measures are intrusion prevention system, firewalls and intrusion detection system. These three are the common parameters based on which network security can be analysed where intrusion prevention system help in preventing home network from external attacks and intrusion detection system help in detecting the possible attacks from external sources over home network. Firewalls are the another important network security measures that will help in filtering out the malicious link and data from open source platforms

Top three Attacks

1. Malware: Malware attack is a very common type of attack where malicious link or file downloads automatically while using the internet or downloading any files from the internet. This attack include is stealing information or data from the system with the help of malware downloaded while using internet.

2. DoS attack: Daniel of service attack is another common type of attack where the network gets shut down and unable to access by the user. This can cause network flooding or high traffic on home network.

3. Phishing Attack: In this type of attack malicious link or email sent to the target system where user click on that link unknowingly and convert into a victim of attack.

R8: Performance Parameters

This section discusses about the performance parameter of home network with some basic parameters such as:
Bandwidth = 2.4Ghz
High speed = 54Mbps
Coverage area = More then 802.11a and 802.11b

ITECH1103 Big Data and Analytics Assignment Sample

IT - Report

You will use an analytical tool (i.e. WEKA) to explore, analyse and visualize a dataset of your choosing. An important part of this work is preparing a good quality report, which details your choices, content, and analysis, and that is of an appropriate style.

The dataset should be chosen from the following repository:
UC Irvine Machine Learning Repository https://archive.ics.uci.edu/ml/index.php

The aim is to use the data set allocated to provide interesting insights, trends and patterns amongst the data. Your intended audience is the CEO and middle management of the Company for whom you are employed, and who have tasked you with this analysis.

Tasks

Task 1 – Data choice. Choose any dataset from the repository that has at least five attributes, and for which the default task is classification. Transform this dataset into the ARFF format required by WEKA.

Task 2 – Background information. Write a description of the dataset and project, and its importance for the organization. Provide an overview of what the dataset is about, including from where and how it has been gathered, and for what purpose. Discuss the main benefits of using data mining to explore datasets such as this. This discussion should be suitable for a general audience. Information must come from at least two appropriate sources be appropriately referenced.

Task 3 – Data description. Describe how many instances does the dataset contain, how many attributes there are in the dataset, their names, and include which is the class attribute. Include in your description details of any missing values, and any other relevant characteristics. For at least 5 attributes, describe what is the range of possible values of the attributes, and visualise these in a graphical format.

Task 4 – Data preprocessing. Preprocess the dataset attributes using WEKA&#39;s filters. Useful techniques will include remove certain attributes, exploring different ways of discretizing continuous attributes and replacing missing values. Discretizing is the conversion of numeric attributes into &quot;nominal&quot; ones by binning numeric values into intervals 2 . Missing values in ARFF files are represented with the character &quot;?&quot; 3 . If you replaced missing values explain what strategy you used to select a replacement of the missing values. Use and describe at least three different preprocessing techniques.

Task 5 – Data mining. Compare and contrast at least three different data mining algorithms on your data, for instance:. k-nearest neighbour, Apriori association rules, decision tree induction. For each experiment you ran describe: the data you used for the experiments, that is, did you use the entire dataset of just a subset of it. You must include screenshots and results from the techniques you employ.

Task 6 – Discussion of findings. Explain your results and include the usefulness of the approaches for the purpose of the analysis. Include any assumptions that you may have made about the analysis. In this discussion you should explain what each algorithm provides to the overall analysis task. Summarize your main findings.

Task 7 – Report writing. Present your work in the form of an analytics report.

Solution

Data choice

In order to perform the brief analysis on the selected data set, it is important to make the data suitable for analysis using WEKA tool. This tool for assignment help support only ARFF format of data and arff viewer in this tool helps to view and transfer data set into appropriate form of data (Bharati, Rahman & Podder, 2018). In this task, a data set has been downloaded which is related to the phone call campaign of Portuguese banking institution. The data set was initially in the csv format which is imported into the analytical platform. In the below figure, the csv file has been shown which was initially imported into the analytical tool. Based on the tool requirement, this data file need to be transformed into arff format.

Figure 1: Original csv data

After importing the csv file into the arff viewer, the file has been saved as arff data format to convert the data set type.

Figure 2: Transformed ARFF data

In the above figure, it has been seen that the data set has been transformed into arff format and all the attributes of the data frame is present into the dataset. The data set conversion has been successfully done to do further analysis on the selected data set.
Background information

In this project, a data set has been chosen which is related to the bank customer details. Data has been generated after getting information from clients through phone calls to predict if they are interested to invest into term policies. There are several attributes are available into the data frame. Here, the data types and other information related to the client are given. On the other hand, a brief analysis on the data frame could be conducted into the WEKA data mining tool. There are different analytical algorithms have been associated that could be utilized to classify data by considering a particular class variable. The data set has been downloaded from UCI machine learning repository. A large number of data sets are available into this website that consist of variety of topics and categories. The data set is mainly about the client details and based on the attributes present into the data frame, all the necessary analysis could be done.

In order to get proper insights and findings from the analysis, clients could be classified into two categories. Persons who are interested to invest in term policies and who are not interested in investment are the two major categories. In this project, a bank market analysis will be done to get knowledge on the investment pattern by the clients. The project is mainly focused on the data analysis by using WEKA analytical tool. Based on the given data and statistic, several essential insights could be extracted by using the analytical platform. Here, the Portuguese banking institute will be able to make crucial decision on the client engagement and investment issues. Based on the client data analysis, attractive offers and terms could be given to the potential investors. On the other hand, a complete statistics of the pervious campaign and their output could also be achieved by the analysts. In order to enhance the subscription rate into the organization, this analysis will help the organization through statistical analysis. All the major findings will be documented into this report.

In order to fulfil the project aim and objectives, WEKA data mining tool will be used that gives major features to pre-process and analysis data set. There are several benefits could be achieved by the users by using the data mining tool. Based on the data types and project objective, data mining tools could be used for multiple purposes. Business managers can obtain information from a variety of reputable sources using data mining tools and methodologies. After conducting a brief study on the selected large dataset, industry professionals can gain a number of important observations. On the other side, with analytics solutions like WEKA, a significant volume of data and information may be readily handled and controlled. Furthermore, the policy maker could make a variety of critical judgments after evaluating the information utilizing data mining methods, which could lead to positive outcomes business expansion.

Data description

A bank campaign data has been selected in this project and it will be analyzed to get vital information on the clients. It is important to understand the data set properly to make better analysis on the analytical platform. The data set consist all the major attributes related to the clients including age, marital status, loan details, campaign details, campaign outcome and some other indexes. However, all the attributes are categorized into client data, campaign data, social and economic attributes. All the attributes could be pre-processed to conduct the analysis after considering the class attribute and categories. The last attribute of the data frame is desired_target that will be considered as the target class. If the clients are interested to invest in the bank on term policies is the main focus of the entire analysis. Here, a major concern of the project is to make a brief analysis on the given data frame. On the other hand, some data pre-processing will also be done to prepare the data frame suitable for the analysis. There are several filtering features have been given by the analytical platform.

There are 19 attributes are available into the data frame and all the necessary attributes will be considered for this analysis. Here, five major attributes have been evaluated based on the importance for this analysis:

• Job: This is a major attribute that gives overview on the work filed of the client. Income level of the client could also be assumed through the job profile which could play a vital role on investments strategy of the client. In terms of business perspective, job profile of the client could play a better role to customize offers and policies of the client.

• Marital status: Based on the marital status of the client, investment tendency could be assumed. For each relationship, different financial investments are sometime done by the consumers. One the other hand, expenses of the clients also varies on the relationship status.

• Loan: Previous loan consumption or financial transaction of the client should also be considered by the business analysts of the banking institutes. This attribute tells if the client has consumed any previous loans or not.

• Poutcome: This feature is another vital thing that should also be considered to predict if the client is interested to invest or not. After each campaign, output is considered as success or failure. This would play a vital role in this analysis.

• Cons.conf.idx: On the other hand, consumer confidence index is another essential aspect that must be analyzed to predict if the client in interested in investment or not.

The above five attributes are the most essential aspects that must be analyzed to get insights on the campaign data and its possibilities. However, the campaign strategy could be changed based on the previous results and outcomes.

Data pre-processing

Data pre-processing is the primary stage that must be performed by the analysts to prepare data suitable for the analysis. During the analysis, some of the major issues are faced that must be mitigated by using different pre-processing techniques. Data cleaning, transformation and other some other operations are performed during the data pre-processing. In this task, different data processing steps have been followed to make the data frame suitable for the analysis.
Removing attribute from the data frame

Figure 3: Unnecessary attributes removed

In the above figure, two attributes including euribor3m and nr.employes have been removed from the data frame. These are the two attributes that will not provide any vital insights on campaign data.

Discretizing attributes

Figure 4: Discretizing attributes

In the above figure, four attributes have been selected that have been transformed from numeric to nominal data type. This will make the analysis easier by selecting the class data type. On the other hand, the selected analytical tool is not comfortable with the numeric data types and it gives betted visualization on the nominal values.

Removing duplicated values

Duplicated values gives wrong analytical result on the data frame. For this reason, it is important to remove the duplicated values from the data frame. In the below figure, all the attributes have been selected and then a filters has been applied to remove duplicated values from the data frame.

Figure 5: Removing duplicated values

After removing duplicated values, it has been seen that the count of each columns or categories have been reduced. After removing duplicated value, only distinct type data are present into the data frame.

These three data pre-processing steps have been introduced in this project to make the data set appropriate for the analysis. After preparing data with some pre-processing steps, all the necessary analysis and insights have been built.

Data mining

There are several data mining techniques are there that could be introduced into the data set to get proper insights and visualization on current business operations and activities. Based on the business requirement, classification algorithm could be implemented into the data frame. On the other hand, a brief analysis on the given problem context could be introduced by the users after successfully implementing the algorithms. In this task, three different algorithms have been selected and executed on the data frame.

Random Forest algorithm

Random Forest algorithm is a major type of classification algorithm that take decision on the given data set by classifying data frame into different categories. By selection random data from the data frame, decision tree is created and then based on the accuracy of each branch, decision tree gives result. In this project, decision tree has been implemented into the data frame to classify clients into potential subscribers or non-subscribers. In order to improve the accuracy of the model, average of sub samples are calculated by this algorithm.

 

In the above figure, a random forest algorithm has been executed on the campaign data set in order to classify the clients. All the attributes have been included in this execution and based on the cross-validation, 10 folds have been tested.

Figure 7: Output of RandomForest model

After implementing the classification algorithm, a complete statistic of the model performance have been given in the above figure. All the necessary parameters have been given in the given statistic. The developed model given about 85% of accuracy. The model has been built within 5.66 seconds. A confusion matrix on the selected model has also been created that classifies the data frame into two categories. 

Naive Bayes algorithm

Naïve Bayes classification algorithm is a supervised algorithm that is simple and effective for the classification and prediction of a particular feature. It's termed Nave because it considers that the appearance of one feature is unrelated to the appearance of others. As a result, each aspect helps to identifying that it is a fetaure without relying on the others. In order to classify the identified features from the data frame, the naïve bayes classifier algorithm will set some pre-defined identifications (Hawari & Sinaga, 2019). However, this algorithm has some independences variable on the given data frame and prediction of feature is made with some probabilistic assumptions.

Figure 8: Naïve Bayes classifier

In the above figure, a naive bayse algorithm has been executed into the given data frame. The data frame has been classified into two categories that are yes and no. 10 fold cross validation has been selected as testing option. Based on some particular features, this model will classify the data frame into class variables.

Figure 9: Output of Naive Bayes model

After the implementation of the naive bayes algorithm, the above statistic has been achieved that shows all the essential parameters of the model. However, this model is able to classify the data frame with more than 83% of accuracy. Here, the confusion matrix has also been demonstrated that gives overview on the classification capability of the model.

K-nearest neighbor

In this model, new data are classified after checking the similarity with the previous data. Knn algorithm can easily classify the given data into categories based in the previous data records. Both the regression and classification models could be developed by using knn algorithm. Assumption on the underlying data are not triggered in this algorithm. However, the action performed in the training data are not quickly implemented into the test data set.

Figure 10: K-nearest neighbor

In the above figure, a lazy classifies algorithm has been executed into the data frame. The nearest neighbor will be identified based on some per-defined characteristics. Here, 10 fold cross validation process has been used.

Figure 11: Output of K-nearest neighbor

In the above figure, several performance parameters have been illustrated as output of the model. On the other hand, the confusion matrix of the model has also been introduced in the above figure.

Discussion of findings

After conducting brief analysis on the given data set, a number of vital insights have been achieved that have been discussed in this section with proper evidences.

(Figure 12: Age variable vs. desired_target)

In the above figure, it has been seen that the clients with age between 33 to 41 are highly interested to invest in term policies. The rate of investment is decreasing with increase in age of the clients.

Figure 13: Job variable vs. desired_target

On the other hand, clients with job profile in administration have maximum probability of getting subscription or non-subscription.

Figure 14: Marital status variable vs. desired_target

Here, the analysis has been done based on the marital status of the client. This shows that the married persons are highly interested to make investments.

Figure 15: Loan variable vs. desired_target

Those clients who have already taken any loans are interested to make investments. On the other hand, percentage of non-subscribers is lower who have not taken any loan.

Figure 16: Poutcome variable vs. desired_target

However, the output of the phone campaign gives a statistic that most of the campaign have not given any particular result or assumption.

Figure 17: Cons.conf.idx variable vs. desired_target

The confidence index of the consumers is another essential aspect that has also been analyzed in the above figure.

Figure 18: Cons.price.idx variable vs. desired_target

Consumer price index has been illustrated in the above figure. After categorizing the feature in terms of desired_target, some vital insights have been introduced.
 

References

ITECH7407 Real Time Analytics Assignment Sample

Learning Outcomes Assessed

The following course learning outcomes are assessed by completing this assessment task:

• S1. Integrate data warehouse and business intelligence techniques when using big data.

• S2. Create flexible analytical models based on real time data, and use connectivity interfaces and tools for reporting purposes.

• S3. Use real time performance analysis techniques to monitor data, and identify shifts or events occurring in data, as a basis for organisational decision making.

• S4. Use real time mobile tracking techniques to utilise mobile-specific usage data.

• K3. Communicate the key drivers for big data in terms of efficiency, productivity, revenue and profitability to global organisations.

• K4. Identify and describe types of big data, and analyse its differences from other types of data.

• A1. Communicate security, compliance, auditing and protection of real time big data systems.

• A2. Adopt problem solving and decision making strategies, to communicate solutions to organisational problems with key stakeholders, based on analysis of big data, in real time settings.

Deliverable 1. Analysis Report (30%)

Task 1- Background information

Write a description of the selected dataset and project, and its importance for your chosen company. Information must be appropriately referenced.

Task 2 – Perform Data Mining on data view Upload the selected dataset on SAP Predictive Analysis. For your dataset, perform the relevant data analysis tasks on data uploaded using data mining techniques such as classification/association/time series/clustering and identify the BI reporting solution (e.g., diagrams, charts, tables, etc.) and/or dashboards you need to develop for the operational manager (or a relevant role) of the chosen organisation.

Task 3 – Research

Justify why you chose the BI reporting solution, dashboards and data mining technique in Task 2 and why those data sets attributes are present and laid out in the fashion you proposed (feel free to include all other relevant justifications).

Note: To ensure that you discuss this task properly, you must include visual samples of the reports you produce (i.e. the screenshots of the BI report/dashboard must be presented and explained in the written report; use ‘Snipping tool’), and also include any assumptions that you may have made about the analysis in your assignment report (i.e. the report to the operational team of the company). A BI dashboard is an integrated and interactive tool to display key performance indicators (KPIs) and other important business metrics and data points on one screen, but not a static diagram or graph. To ensure that you discuss this task properly, you must include visual samples of the reports you have produced (i.e. the screenshots of the BI report/dashboard must be presented and explained in the written report; use ‘Snipping tool’), and also include any assumptions that you may have made about the analysis from Task 3.

Task 4 – Recommendations for CEO

The CEO of the chosen company would like to improve their operations. Based on your BI analysis and the insights gained from your “Dataset” in the lights of analysis performed in previous tasks, make some logical recommendations to the CEO, and justify why/how your proposal could assist in achieving operational/strategic objectives with the help of appropriate references from peer-reviewed sources.

Task 5 – Cover letter

Write a cover letter to the CEO of the chosen firm with the important data insights and recommendations to achieve operational/strategic objectives.

Other Tasks –

At least 5 references in your report must be from peer-reviewed sources. Include any and all sources of information including any person(s) you interviewed for this project. Please refer to the marking scheme at the end of the assignment for other tasks and expectations.

Deliverable 2. Personal Reflection

This deliverable for assignment help is an individual work and can be attached to your data analytics report. In this part, each student will write a one-page-long reflection report covering the following points:

• Personal understanding of course content, and personal insights into the importance and value of the course topics.

• Three most useful things you have learned from the course and explain how they could help your current learning and future professional career.

• Personal feeling of SAP products (or other equivalent tools) used in lab exercises and assignments.

All discussion is expected to be well backed with real examples.
 Solution

Deliverable 1. Analysis Report

Task1- Background Information

Australian Institute of health and welfare is recognized as a freely statutory institute generating accessible and authoritative statistics as well as information in order to inform and help better service delivery & policy decisions, leading towards effective wellbeing as well as health for entire Australians. Australian Institute of health & welfare/AIHW has high experience of over 30 years with welfare and health data records. This is also known at both national and international levels for their statistical expertise and ensured track the records in facilitating the independent evidence and high quality. To facilitate statistical information for community and governments to utilize in order to promote discussion & inform the relevant decisions based on health, community services, as well as housing is the mission of AIHW. On the other hand, facilitating robust evidence in terms of information and data for better decisions as well as improvements in health & welfare is the vision of AIHW. AIHW supports releasing various health solutions for community so, they need a good expenditure to continue progress in this field (Health Direct, 2022).

In this manner, the dataset selected for this agency is related to the area of expenditure, broad sources of funding, and detailed sources of funding for AIHW including corresponding states and financial years. This selected dataset is varying from the financial year 1997 to 2012 respectively. This dataset is very essential and helpful for AIHW executive dashboard review for health expenditure with a long duration (1997 to 2012). Hence, the dashboard will help the CEO of AIHW to recognize the entire business expenditure, total resources, and broad/detailed contributors so, that the CEO can make the decisions appropriately and plan further expenditures more accurately by analyzing and tracking this expenditure dashboard. According to the selected datasets, the main areas of expenditure are administration, aids & appliances, other medications, benefit-paid pharmaceuticals, capital expenditure, dental services, community health, medical expense tax rebate, health practitioners, medical services, patient transport service, private hospitals, public health, research, and public healthcare.

 The main importance of this project and selected dataset is listed below-

• To reduce the unnecessary expenses.
• To increase the revenue
• To increase market promotions
• To ensure public health and welfare programs (Burgmayr, 2021).

Task2- Data Mining

The selected datasets from the given source and relevant AIHH teams such as CEO, Director, Finance Director, and Operational Director are identified to prepare the high-level dashboard accordingly. So, the selected datasets can be proposed as-

Therefore, the data analysis is done based on such expenditure review for AIHW from 1997 to 2012. To analyze the defined datasets, some major data mining techniques have been used including classification analysis, cluster analysis, and regression analysis which are systematically mentioned below-

• Classification Analysis: This data mining technique is used to extract the most relevant and required datasets for the financial years 1997 to 2012 for reviewing total expenditure of AIHW agency. Using this analysis method, the different datasets have been classified into different classes. The classification is done based on the six corresponding classes such as financial year, state, area of expenditure, broad sources of funding, detailed sources of funding, and real expenditure in millions. This classification helped to analyze the data using creating the appropriate graphs and charts accurately.

• Cluster Analysis: Cluster analysis is a series of data variables; these variables are equivalent within the same cluster. This method is used to discover the clusters in data according to the range of association between two variables. This is used to get help in customizing the dashboards for CEO and Finance manager specifically.

• Regression Analysis: Regression analysis is also used for the expenditure review in order to identify and evaluate the relationships among such classes or variables. This analysis technique helped to understand the feature values of each dependent class change if any of available independent variables vary. In other words, it helped in prediction of total expenditure and revenue growth of AIHW (Souri, & Hosseini, 2018).

 Task3- Research

Assumptions

Before mining the datasets, it is essential to disclose the main assumptions made for analysis of these datasets, and these assumptions are mentioned in the following points-

• Total of 15 expenditure areas is covered throughout the datasets review.
• Financial year is concerned as per the calendar year from 1997 to 2012.
• Broad source funds and detailed source funds are centralized to calculate the total expenses and revenue.
• A total of 8 states are covered to make the data model.

CEO Dashboard

The dashboard of CEO is outlined below with particular analysis as the main purpose of this dashboard is to review the real expenditure in millions by state as well as area of expenditure. The dashboard comprises major financial years of highest expenses, real expenditure in millions, main states, and the major areas of highest expenditure.

Figure 1: CEO Dashboard

The structure of above-mentioned dashboard is classified into four main classes in order to support the business outcomes. Major descriptions of expenses, areas, states, financial year, and real expenditure amount are calculated and plotted using graphs to highlight the revenue and expense ratios.
In case of CEO dashboard, entire information is at broad level including Australian level rather than only one or two particular cities in order to give major snapshots of this large AIHW business.
Supporting Charts

Figure 2: Expenditure Charts

These supportive bar charts are used in the estimation of total expenses and revenue forecasting by state and area of expenditure as it gives a foundation line view of the details concisely. The other views include the total real expenditure using all measures. On the other hand, top 4 real expenditure is investigated by state and these states are NSW, VIC, QLD, and WA. Similarly, the top 4 expenditure areas are identified including public hospitals, private hospitals, benefit-paid pharmaceuticals, and all other medical services. Thus, the result is clearly outlining the main sources of highest expenditure in AIHW in terms of these four states and areas of expenditure.

Figure 3: Broad source-based expenditure charts

The above-illustrated charts are reflecting following observations-

• The real expenditure graph is estimated mostly for the years 1998 and 1999 where 1997 has no value for highest expenditure.

• For detailed source funding, the real estimated expenditure has constant value based on all measures.

• On the other hand, the main broad sources of funding including government and non-government sources have real expenditure value as shown in right-side designed top and down charts.

Figure 4: expenditure in million

This chart is defining the real expenditure in millions to estimate the total expenses and most sensitive states. Thus, the graph is not static as per financial years.
Finance Director Dashboard

Figure 5: Finance Director Dashboard

The layout of finance director dashboard illustrated above is customized based on a similar approach to previous chairman’s dashboard. Review the real expenditure in millions by state as well as area of expenditure is the main purpose of this dashboard. The high-level dimension’s performance is outlined based on four main classes including the most expensive financial years, most expenses raised state, and most expenses raised areas of AIHW to measure the expense history and plan further financial strategies accordingly. The objective of this finance dashboard is to facilitate more stable information in order to track the financial performance on previous record basis. It is reflected in the developed graphical evidence that is showing the financial performances in terms of real expenditure in millions as per the highest expensive financial years. Supporting this graph, corresponding charts are also generated to show the main expenditure areas and states.

Supportive Charts

These chats and bars are systematically listed below with brief analysis-

Figure 6: Expenditure charts

The overall designed or generated charts articulated above are showing the financial director’s dashboard results in which the review of expenditure is done on the basis of state and area of expenditure. Top four real expenditure areas are discovered with top four real expenditure states based on the financial years. The real expenditure in million is also proposed using static graphic view.

Figure 7: Total value in million

These charts are very specific as these help in estimating the historical expenditure values using reviews and tracks of such selected AIHW records including a possibility to calculate the total revenue according to financial years of 1997 to 2012. This has been estimated that the value of expenditure in previous financial years is majorly higher than 200 million as the graph rate is constantly increasing as represented in above chart. So, it has been estimated that AIHW has higher revenue growth based on total expenditure values. The highest expenditure is the highest revenue so, the result is positive for AIHW as they increased their revenue per year. 

Task4- Recommendations for CEO

To enable the AIHW CEO for improving their business operations based on the business intelligence analysis done previously some recommendations are suggested. The perceptions obtained from the selected and analyzed datasets, and some logical solutions in terms of recommendations will be guided to the CEO of AIHW so, that CEO can achieve the strategic and operational objectives of their agency using different BI models. Big data is one of the most effective solutions that can help CEOs to understand the previous records and current data status of their agency so, that appropriate planning and decisions can be made.

To make AIWS a data-driven agency, CEO has to identify the business and strategic values of big data instead of focusing on technological understanding. To transform this health and welfare agency, the appropriate strategies are required to formulate. So, to leverage the benefits and improvement strategies of Big data analytics effectively, five key strategies are recommended below-

Deployment of big data governance

Governance of big data is an upgraded version of IT governance that concentrates on benefitting the organizational large data resources to build business values. Big data analytics will help AIHW CEO in expenditure management, IT investment, financial planning, and healthcare data governance. The organizational heterogeneous knowledge, information, and data can be easily governed internally by CEO by changing the business processes in more accessible, secure, and understandable manner. To govern the data firstly it is required to frame the mission with clear goals, governance matrices, execution procedures, as well as performance measures. Then, the data is required to review for making decisions. Finally, integration of information is essential to lead big data deployment to encounter issues and develop robust business values.

Building information distribution culture

The importance of big data analytical implementation is to target the AIHW goals to foster the information transformation culture. This involves collection of data and delivery to address the challenges and develop policies to meet business achievements. This will improve data quality, accuracy, and prediction as well.

Training

CEO is responsible to understand, evaluate, and make the decisions accordingly. Thus, CEO needs to conduct training programs to use the outputs of big data effectively in order to interpret the results. In this manner, CEO of AIHW should arrange training for personnel to utilize big data analytics (Tamers, et. al., 2019).

Incorporation of Cloud Computing

To improve the cost as well as storage issues in AIHW, it will be a better solution to integrate cloud computing into big data analytics. This will make data-driven decisions more accurate, fast, and operable. CEO will also enable to visualize the organizational different information sets including different areas, expenditures, and factors. Thus, CEO can balance between protection of patient information and cost-effectiveness by integrating both these technologies.

Creating new business insights

New insights can be created using big data analytics By CEO which leads to updating the business functions that increase competitive advantages and productivity. The AIHW CEO will also allow leveraging the outputs such as alerting KPIs, reports, market opportunities, interactive visualization, and feasible ideas (Grover, et. al., 2018).

Other strategies that can be recommended in improving AIHW operations are-

Accessibility- CEO should understand the entire organizational operations and datasets so, that the database can be designed accordingly. Different information can be accessed separately which will help CEO to access, update, and make decisions more quickly.

Utilization- This is also an essential factor that utilization of any database should be done more attentively so, that the data can be interpreted in knowledge for business decisions.

Validation- Validation is another factor that ensures security so, CEO should focus on robust security system. This will help CEO to protect sensitive information of entire AIHW assets including patients, staff members, equipment, machines, details, records, etc. (Hsieh, et. al., 2019).

The main reasons for using the suggested solutions for achieving the strategic/operational objectives for AIHW CEO are-

• Cost-effectiveness
• Accurate decision-making strategies
• Automatic data processing (accessibility, update, delete, transformation)
• Rapid data delivery
• Robust integration
• High-level security
• Marketing & competitive advantages

Task5- Cover Letter

To,
XYZ
CEO
Australian Institute of Health & Welfare Agency,
Australia

Dear Mr. XYZ,

With overall description and analysis, the Australian Institute of health and welfare agency has specific goal to review the expenditure for financial years 1997 to 2012. To achieve this specific mission of AIHW, CEO should focus on leveraging their business operations using the in-depth analysis of their corresponding business datasets. According to the analysis, AIHW has been identified with higher expenditure values. This signifies that the revenue is also good but still, the increasing market structure and competitiveness, this is a possibility of higher expenditure but less revenue growth. In this manner, it is essential for CEO to take responsibility and enhance the scope of their business using strategic objectives. Some relevant recommendations are outlined in the following section that encourages

CEO to understand and apply the business objectives for better results specifically. These recommendations are-

To understand and develop big data strategic values

Big data analytics play a vital role in incorporating strategic business values so, CEO of AIHW can also lead these strategic values as shown in below figure-

Figure 8: Strategic Values of Big Data Analytics
(Source: Grover, et. al., 2018)

The functional value leads to financial performance, market share, and many more as it defines to improve the performance by adopting big data analytics. On the other hand, symbolic value refers to a broadly derived value via signaling effects of investment in big data analytics. Symbolic value comprises mitigation of environment load, organizational reputation, brand, and many more.

To strategically fit the business needs of AIHW, CEO should rely on functional value to balance organizational operations and technological awareness. In this manner, CEO will enable to ensure organizational business efficiency, coordination in operations and personnel, and decision-making features (Grover, et. al., 2018).

To implement innovative E-health record/system

CEO should take an initiative to develop an innovative e-health system to record the datasets and manage the organizational operations more effectively, accurately, securely, and flexibly. The CEO can use this system to conduct the business transparently and achieve business goals more quickly as multiple advantages can be leveraged for CEO including predictive data values, cost and smarter business decision-making capabilities, data storage, management, and improved outcomes as shown below-

Figure 9: E-Heath System
(Source: Dash, et. al., 2019)

References